Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Operations Research

2,210 missions · 1,107 completed

The discipline of applying mathematical analysis to complex decision problems in operations: allocating scarce resources, scheduling, routing, inventory, and the design of service and production systems. Drawing on mathematical programming, stochastic modeling, queueing, simulation, and game-theoretic reasoning, it seeks policies that perform provably well in systems shaped by constraints, congestion, and uncertainty.

Missions

Open1103Completed1107All2210
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Sample-Path Large Deviations for Unbounded Additive Functionals of the Reflected Random Walk: The Partial Sums of X_i^p Satisfy a Sample-Path LDP in the M1' Topology at Speed n^(1/(1+p))Research Paper

Motivation

The reflected random walk Xn+1=[Xn+Un+1]+X_{n+1}=[X_n+U_{n+1}]^+Xn+1​=[Xn​+Un+1​]+ is the waiting-time sequence of the single-server queue (Lindley's recursion). Additive functionals ∑i≤nXip\sum_{i\le n}X_i^p∑i≤n​Xip​ measure accumulated congestion. For p=1p=1p=1 this is the total waiting time, the area under the workload curve.

Existing general results on sample-path large deviations for additive functionals of Markov chains (in the Donsker–Varadhan line) assume the function to be bounded. They therefore do not cover the cumulative waiting time of a single-server queue. For f(x)=xpf(x)=x^pf(x)=xp the relevant rare events are not produced by a small, uniform tilt of the whole trajectory but by a few busy periods of exceptional size, and the speed is sublinear.

Bazhba, Blanchet, Rhee and Zwart (arXiv:2003.14381, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025) prove that the scaled partial-sum process satisfies a large deviation principle at the sublinear speed n1/(1+p)n^{1/(1+p)}n1/(1+p). They also identify the rate function through a variational problem over paths of bounded variation.

Related work on large deviations of the area under a busy period either treats queue-length functionals (Blanchet–Glynn–Meyn, 2013) or assumes a moment generating function that is finite everywhere (Duffy–Meyn, 2014). Neither obtains a sample-path result. The present paper assumes only that the moment generating function of the increment is finite near the origin. It relies on the sample-path large deviations for light-tailed random walk trajectories of Borovkov and Mogulskii (II, III) and of Vysotsky (ALEA, 2021), and on the authors' earlier work in the M1′M_1'M1′​ topology (Bazhba et al., 2020).

Setting

Let U1,U2,…U_1,U_2,\dotsU1​,U2​,… be i.i.d. copies of a real random variable UUU with μ=E(U)<0\mu=\mathbf E(U)<0μ=E(U)<0. Let θ+\theta_+θ+​ and θ−\theta_-θ−​ be the supremum and infimum of {θ:E(eθU)<∞}\{\theta:\mathbf E(e^{\theta U})<\infty\}{θ:E(eθU)<∞}. The paper assumes:

  1. −∞≤θ−<0<θ+≤∞-\infty\le\theta_-<0<\theta_+\le\infty−∞≤θ−​<0<θ+​≤∞ (Assumption 2.1);
  2. log⁡P(U≥n)/n→−θ+\log\mathbf P(U\ge n)/n\to-\theta_+logP(U≥n)/n→−θ+​ and log⁡P(−U≥n)/n→θ−\log\mathbf P(-U\ge n)/n\to\theta_-logP(−U≥n)/n→θ−​ (Assumption 2.2);
  3. P(U>0)>0\mathbf P(U>0)>0P(U>0)>0 (Assumption 2.3).

The chain is X0=0X_0=0X0​=0, Xn+1=[Xn+Un+1]+X_{n+1}=[X_n+U_{n+1}]^+Xn+1​=[Xn​+Un+1​]+. Fix p>0p>0p>0 and let α=1/(1+p)\alpha=1/(1+p)α=1/(1+p). The object of study is

Yˉn(t)=1n∑i=1⌊nt⌋Xip,t∈[0,1].\bar Y_n(t)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^{\lfloor nt\rfloor}X_i^p,\qquad t\in[0,1].Yˉn​(t)=n1​i=1∑⌊nt⌋​Xip​,t∈[0,1].

The busy periods are delimited by the return times T0=0T_0=0T0​=0, Ti=inf⁡{k>Ti−1:Xk=0}T_i=\inf\{k>T_{i-1}:X_k=0\}Ti​=inf{k>Ti−1​:Xk​=0}. The busy-period areas are Wj=∑i=Tj−1+1TjXipW_j=\sum_{i=T_{j-1}+1}^{T_j}X_i^pWj​=∑i=Tj−1​+1Tj​​Xip​, and the long-run mean of XpX^pXp is λ=E(W1)/E(T1)\lambda=\mathbf E(W_1)/\mathbf E(T_1)λ=E(W1​)/E(T1​).

Yˉn\bar Y_nYˉn​ lives in the Skorokhod space D[0,1]\mathbb D[0,1]D[0,1] of càdlàg paths. This space carries the M1′M_1'M1′​ metric dM1′d_{M_1'}dM1′​​ (Definitions 2.1–2.2). It compares parametrizations of the extended completed graph, which joins each jump by a vertical segment and also joins 000 to ξ(0)\xi(0)ξ(0) at the origin (ξ(0−)=0\xi(0-)=0ξ(0−)=0).

The rate function involves the variational problem

By∗=inf⁡ξ∈ByIy(ξ).\mathcal B^*_y=\inf_{\xi\in B_y}I_y(\xi).By∗​=ξ∈By​inf​Iy​(ξ).

Here ByB_yBy​ is the set of paths ξ\xiξ of bounded variation on compacts with ξ(0)=y\xi(0)=yξ(0)=y whose reflected area ∫0T(ξ)Ψ(ξ)(s)p ds\int_0^{\mathcal T(\xi)}\Psi(\xi)(s)^p\,ds∫0T(ξ)​Ψ(ξ)(s)pds up to the first return time T(ξ)\mathcal T(\xi)T(ξ) of Ψ(ξ)\Psi(\xi)Ψ(ξ) to zero is at least 111. Ψ(ξ)(t)=ξ(t)−inf⁡s≤t(ξ(s)∧0)\Psi(\xi)(t)=\xi(t)-\inf_{s\le t}(\xi(s)\wedge0)Ψ(ξ)(t)=ξ(t)−infs≤t​(ξ(s)∧0) is the reflection map. The cost is

Iy(ξ)=∫0T(ξ)Λ∗(ξ˙(a)(s)) ds+θ+ξ(u)(T(ξ))+θ−ξ(d)(T(ξ)),I_y(\xi)=\int_0^{\mathcal T(\xi)}\Lambda^*(\dot\xi^{(a)}(s))\,ds+\theta_+\xi^{(u)}(\mathcal T(\xi))+\theta_-\xi^{(d)}(\mathcal T(\xi)),Iy​(ξ)=∫0T(ξ)​Λ∗(ξ˙​(a)(s))ds+θ+​ξ(u)(T(ξ))+θ−​ξ(d)(T(ξ)),

where Λ∗\Lambda^*Λ∗ is the Legendre transform of log⁡EeθU\log\mathbf Ee^{\theta U}logEeθU and ξ(a),ξ(u),ξ(d)\xi^{(a)},\xi^{(u)},\xi^{(d)}ξ(a),ξ(u),ξ(d) are the absolutely continuous, upward singular and downward singular parts of ξ\xiξ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

Yˉn\bar Y_nYˉn​ satisfies the large deviation principle in (D[0,1],TM1′)(\mathbb D[0,1],\mathcal T_{M_1'})(D[0,1],TM1′​​) with speed nαn^\alphanα and rate function

IY(ζ)={B0∗∑t:ζ(t)≠ζ(t−)(ζ(t)−ζ(t−))αζ∈D(λ)[0,1],∞otherwise,I_Y(\zeta)=\begin{cases}\mathcal B^*_0\sum_{t:\zeta(t)\neq\zeta(t-)}(\zeta(t)-\zeta(t-))^\alpha & \zeta\in\mathbb D^{(\lambda)}[0,1],\\ \infty&\text{otherwise,}\end{cases}IY​(ζ)={B0∗​∑t:ζ(t)=ζ(t−)​(ζ(t)−ζ(t−))α∞​ζ∈D(λ)[0,1],otherwise,​

where D(λ)[0,1]\mathbb D^{(\lambda)}[0,1]D(λ)[0,1] is the set of paths λt+ζ(t)\lambda t+\zeta(t)λt+ζ(t) with ζ\zetaζ a non-decreasing pure jump path, ζ(0)≥0\zeta(0)\ge0ζ(0)≥0.

Busy-period tails

  • Theorem 2.2: lim⁡t→∞t−αlog⁡P(W1≥t)=−B0∗\lim_{t\to\infty}t^{-\alpha}\log\mathbf P(W_1\ge t)=-\mathcal B^*_0limt→∞​t−αlogP(W1​≥t)=−B0∗​.
  • Theorem 2.3: lim⁡n→∞n−αlog⁡P(Vn≥nb)=−B0∗bα\lim_{n\to\infty}n^{-\alpha}\log\mathbf P(V_n\ge nb)=-\mathcal B^*_0b^\alphalimn→∞​n−αlogP(Vn​≥nb)=−B0∗​bα for the last, incomplete busy period.

Milestones

  1. The variational problem. Lemma 4.1 (By∗=0\mathcal B^*_y=0By∗​=0 beyond yˉ=(∣μ∣(p+1))α\bar y=(|\mu|(p+1))^\alphayˉ​=(∣μ∣(p+1))α, and the restriction to absolutely continuous paths). Proposition 4.1 (monotonicity, Lipschitz continuity, By∗∈(0,∞)\mathcal B^*_y\in(0,\infty)By∗​∈(0,∞) on [0,yˉ)[0,\bar y)[0,yˉ​)). Lemma 4.4 (finite horizon). Lemma 4.5 (uniform M1′M_1'M1′​ continuity of the area on level sets).
  2. Busy-period estimates. Lemma 4.6, Proposition 4.2, and Proposition 4.3(ii) (B0∗=Bπ∗\mathcal B^*_0=\mathcal B^*_\piB0∗​=Bπ∗​).
  3. The decomposition. Lemma 3.1 (LDP for the last busy period), Lemmas 3.2–3.3 (finite-dimensional LDP), Lemma 3.7 (LDP for completed busy periods in M1′M_1'M1′​), and Lemma 3.8 (exponential equivalence).

Significance

The result. The theorem gives the full large deviation behaviour of ∑Xip\sum X_i^p∑Xip​, not only its one-dimensional tail. It identifies the mechanism of rare events: one or a few busy periods of area of order nnn, each contributing B0∗\mathcal B^*_0B0∗​ times its area to the power α\alphaα. In the rate function, a busy period in progress at the end of the horizon is indistinguishable from a completed one; the paper's Theorem 2.3 and Proposition 4.3 make this precise. By contraction the theorem yields tail asymptotics for any M1′M_1'M1′​-continuous functional of the cumulative cost process.

The formalization. The result is proved on paper. No part of it has been machine-checked, and the platform has no Skorokhod M1′M_1'M1′​ metric and no large deviation principle at a sublinear speed. A complete development would supply the first formal M1′M_1'M1′​ metric on D[0,T]\mathbb D[0,T]D[0,T] and a sample-path LDP for a heavy-tailed regime. It would also provide a formal treatment of variational problems over paths of bounded variation with singular parts.

Difficulty

The obvious route is the contraction principle applied to the sample-path LDP for the scaled random walk Kˉn\bar K_nKˉn​, followed by the map that sends the walk to the area under its reflection up to its first return to zero. That map is not continuous: the first passage time is discontinuous in every Skorokhod topology. The paper replaces the random horizon by a large fixed horizon TTT, but then must show that the variational problems over [0,T][0,T][0,T] and over [0,T(ξ)][0,\mathcal T(\xi)][0,T(ξ)] have the same value (Lemma 4.4). It must also prove uniform continuity of the area functional on level sets of the rate function (Lemma 4.5).

A second difficulty is the class of admissible paths. Because θ±\theta_\pmθ±​ may be finite, optimal paths could a priori contain jumps or singular parts. Lemma 4.1 rules this out. Finally, the passage from the finite-dimensional LDP to the M1′M_1'M1′​ topology requires the busy period in progress at time nnn to be handled separately. The mere existence of the limit in Theorem 2.3 relies on a time-reversal argument and on the decay rate of the stationary distribution.

Formalization scope

  • Increments. A sequence U : ℕ → Ω → ℝ, measurable, independent and identically distributed, with U i the paper's Ui+1U_{i+1}Ui+1​. Moments are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], never Mathlib's mgf. θ±∈[−∞,∞]\theta_\pm\in[-\infty,\infty]θ±​∈[−∞,∞].
  • Logarithms and limits. All logarithms are ENNReal.log with log⁡0=−∞\log0=-\inftylog0=−∞; liminf and limsup are taken in EReal. Probabilities of possibly non-measurable events are outer measures.
  • Path space. D[0,T]\mathbb D[0,T]D[0,T] consists of functions R→R\mathbb R\to\mathbb RR→R, càdlàg on [0,T][0,T][0,T] and constant outside. ξ(0−)=0\xi(0-)=0ξ(0−)=0. Parametrizations are on [0,T][0,T][0,T], and "nondecreasing" uses the reflexive closure of the printed strict order. dM1′d_{M_1'}dM1′​​ takes values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].
  • Rate function ingredients. Costs, By∗\mathcal B^*_yBy∗​, Bπ∗\mathcal B^*_\piBπ∗​, VyT∗\mathcal V^{T*}_yVyT∗​, β\betaβ and all rate functions take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], with θ+⋅0=0\theta_+\cdot0=0θ+​⋅0=0 when θ+=∞\theta_+=\inftyθ+​=∞. The exit time T(ξ)\mathcal T(\xi)T(ξ) lies in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; the return times TiT_iTi​ lie in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}. The cost of a bounded-variation path is the infimum over its representations ξ(0)+∫g+σu−σd\xi(0)+\int g+\sigma_u-\sigma_dξ(0)+∫g+σu​−σd​ with singular non-decreasing σu,σd\sigma_u,\sigma_dσu​,σd​; this infimum is attained at the Hahn–Jordan decomposition. The downward singular cost is nonnegative (the sign on p. 22 is a typo).
  • The goal. It is stated with T=1T=1T=1, as in the paper's proof. The LDP is given by bounds for open and closed sets, which is equivalent to (2.2).
  • Ruling out trivial readings. ByB_yBy​ and VyTV^T_yVyT​ range over all paths, with jumps and singular parts, and B0∗\mathcal B^*_0B0∗​ and λ\lambdaλ are defined from the data, not assumed. Restricting either problem to absolutely continuous paths would make Lemma 4.1(ii) a tautology. Taking θ±\theta_\pmθ±​ infinite, p=1p=1p=1, or the J1J_1J1​ topology would change the theorem.
  • Infrastructure. A complete development needs sample-path LDPs for random walks in M1′M_1'M1′​ (the cited Results B.1–B.3), the Dawson–Gärtner projective limit theorem, Lebesgue decompositions of BV functions, and regenerative structure of the reflected random walk. The M1′M_1'M1′​ metric, the LDP vocabulary at general speed and the bounded-variation cost are reusable beyond this mission.

Contributions to any milestone, and formalizations of the cited Results B.1–B.3, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Bazhba, J. Blanchet, C.-H. Rhee, B. Zwart, Sample-path large deviations for unbounded additive functionals of the reflected random walk, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:2003.14381v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/2003.14381
  • M. Bazhba, J. Blanchet, C.-H. Rhee, B. Zwart, Sample path large deviations for Lévy processes and random walks with Weibull increments, Annals of Applied Probability 30(6), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1214/20-AAP1570
  • J. Blanchet, P. Glynn, S. Meyn, Large deviations for the empirical mean of an M/M/1 queue, Queueing Systems 73(4), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11134-013-9349-7
  • A. A. Borovkov, A. A. Mogulskii, Large deviation principles for random walk trajectories. II, Theory of Probability and its Applications 57(1), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0040585X97985765
  • A. A. Borovkov, A. A. Mogulskii, Large deviation principles for random walk trajectories. III, Theory of Probability and its Applications 58(1), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0040585X97986370
  • K. R. Duffy, S. P. Meyn, Large deviation asymptotics for busy periods, Stochastic Systems 4(1), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1214/13-SSY098
  • V. Vysotsky, Contraction principle for trajectories of random walks and Cramér's theorem for kernel-weighted sums, ALEA. Latin American Journal of Probability and Mathematical Statistics 18(2):1103–1125, 2021.
  • A. Dembo, O. Zeitouni, Large Deviations Techniques and Applications, Springer, 2010 (corrected reprint of the 2nd ed.). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-03311-7
  • W. Whitt, Stochastic-Process Limits, Springer, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97479
21 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Asset Pricing with Costly Short Sales 1: The Lending Agent Charges Half the Pessimist's Frictionless Sharpe Ratio, and Lending Is Active Exactly When Her Net Sharpe Ratio Is NegativeResearch Paper

Why the price of borrowing a stock matters

To sell a stock short, an investor must first borrow it, and the owner who lends it charges a lending fee. Securities lending is a large market, and the fee varies across stocks: D'Avolio (2002) documents that shorting costs are positively related to the dispersion of investors' beliefs. Short-sale constraints have a long history in asset pricing (Miller 1977; Harrison and Kreps 1978; Jones and Lamont 2002), but most models either forbid short sales outright or take the fee as an exogenous parameter. Neither explains where the fee comes from, nor when a lending market is active at all.

Evgeniou, Hugonnier and Prieto build a dynamic general equilibrium model in which the fee is endogenous: two investors with logarithmic utility disagree about the expected return of a risky asset, and a lending agent, acting for the asset owners, sets the fee charged to short sellers to maximize the owners' fee revenue. Their §3 derives the equilibrium shorting cost in closed form at every state of the economy. This mission formalizes that derivation.

Setting

The economy has a riskless asset and two risky assets with strictly positive volatilities σ1,σ2\sigma_1,\sigma_2σ1​,σ2​. Asset 1 can be shorted at a cost; asset 2 cannot be shorted at all. There are two investors, an optimist ooo and a pessimist ppp, with wealths W(o),W(p)>0W^{(o)},W^{(p)}>0W(o),W(p)>0. Each investor aaa perceives market prices of risk (Sharpe ratios) θ1(a),θ2(a)\theta^{(a)}_1,\theta^{(a)}_2θ1(a)​,θ2(a)​, and the optimist is more optimistic about asset 1: θ1(p)≤θ1(o)\theta^{(p)}_1\le\theta^{(o)}_1θ1(p)​≤θ1(o)​, the disagreement Δ≥0\Delta\ge0Δ≥0.

A short position in asset 1 pays a shorting cost Φ\PhiΦ per dollar shorted, and a long position earns a lending yield Γ\GammaΓ. Both are measured per unit of volatility of asset 1: ϕ=Φ/σ1\phi=\Phi/\sigma_1ϕ=Φ/σ1​ and γ=Γ/σ1\gamma=\Gamma/\sigma_1γ=Γ/σ1​. A position mmm in asset 1 earns fees at the rate

Λ(m;Φ,Γ)=m+Γ−m−Φ,\Lambda(m;\Phi,\Gamma)=m^+\Gamma-m^-\Phi ,Λ(m;Φ,Γ)=m+Γ−m−Φ,

with m+=max⁡{m,0}m^+=\max\{m,0\}m+=max{m,0} and m−=max⁡{−m,0}m^-=\max\{-m,0\}m−=max{−m,0}. Investor aaa chooses wealth fractions p=(p1,p2)p=(p_1,p_2)p=(p1​,p2​) with p2≥0p_2\ge0p2​≥0 to solve the mean-variance problem

max⁡p∈R×R+{Λ(p1;Φ,Γ)+p1σ1θ1(a)+p2σ2θ2(a)−12(p1σ1+p2σ2)2},\max_{p\in\mathbb R\times\mathbb R_+}\Big\{\Lambda(p_1;\Phi,\Gamma)+p_1\sigma_1\theta^{(a)}_1+p_2\sigma_2\theta^{(a)}_2-\tfrac12(p_1\sigma_1+p_2\sigma_2)^2\Big\},p∈R×R+​max​{Λ(p1​;Φ,Γ)+p1​σ1​θ1(a)​+p2​σ2​θ2(a)​−21​(p1​σ1​+p2​σ2​)2},

which is what logarithmic utility reduces to at each instant. The lending agent's revenue per unit of volatility at fee yyy is

R(y)=∑ay (θ1(a)+y)− W(a).R(y)=\sum_a y\,\big(\theta^{(a)}_1+y\big)^-\,W^{(a)} .R(y)=a∑​y(θ1(a)​+y)−W(a).

An equilibrium at a state consists of these quantities such that: the no-dominance condition θ2(a)=θ1(a)+γ\theta^{(a)}_2=\theta^{(a)}_1+\gammaθ2(a)​=θ1(a)​+γ holds for both investors (equation (7)); each investor's portfolio is optimal; asset 1, in positive supply S1>0S_1>0S1​>0, clears; the lending market clears (fees paid by short sellers equal fees received by long holders); and ϕ\phiϕ is the least maximizer of RRR over y≥γy\ge\gammay≥γ. The inactive set is L={γ=0}\mathcal L=\{\gamma=0\}L={γ=0} and the active set S\mathcal SS is its complement.

Formalization targets

Goal: equations (15)–(17)

At every equilibrium state,

γ=0  ⟺  θ2(p)≥0,ϕ=−12 θ1(p) 1{θ2(p)<0}.\gamma=0\iff\theta^{(p)}_2\ge0,\qquad \phi=-\tfrac12\,\theta^{(p)}_1\,\mathbb 1_{\{\theta^{(p)}_2<0\}} .γ=0⟺θ2(p)​≥0,ϕ=−21​θ1(p)​1{θ2(p)​<0}​.

Lending is active exactly where the pessimist perceives a strictly negative net Sharpe ratio on long positions, and there the lending agent charges half the Sharpe ratio −θ1(p)-\theta^{(p)}_1−θ1(p)​ the pessimist could earn by shorting absent frictions.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Proposition 1 (p. 17): the optimal portfolios of the mean-variance problem under (7) and ϕ≥γ\phi\ge\gammaϕ≥γ.
  2. (11) (p. 18): the optimist is long, θ2(o)=θ1(o)+γ>0\theta^{(o)}_2=\theta^{(o)}_1+\gamma>0θ2(o)​=θ1(o)​+γ>0.
  3. (14) (p. 18): γσ1S1=(ϕ−γ)(θ1(p)+ϕ)−W(p)\gamma\sigma_1S_1=(\phi-\gamma)(\theta^{(p)}_1+\phi)^-W^{(p)}γσ1​S1​=(ϕ−γ)(θ1(p)​+ϕ)−W(p).
  4. (12)–(13) (p. 18): the maximizers of the revenue over y≥γy\ge\gammay≥γ, and their least element max⁡{γ,−12θ1(p)}\max\{\gamma,-\tfrac12\theta^{(p)}_1\}max{γ,−21​θ1(p)​}.

Two companion statements are also included: (18) (p. 20), that the pessimist is strictly short on S\mathcal SS, and the fee flow (π1(p))−Φ=14(θ1(p))2W(p)1S(\pi^{(p)}_1)^-\Phi=\tfrac14(\theta^{(p)}_1)^2W^{(p)}\mathbb 1_{\mathcal S}(π1(p)​)−Φ=41​(θ1(p)​)2W(p)1S​ (p. 19).

Significance

The goal is the paper's description of the short market. It identifies the active set by a condition on one observable-in-principle quantity, the pessimist's net Sharpe ratio, and it gives the fee as a fixed fraction of the pessimist's frictionless Sharpe ratio. The rest of the paper rests on it: the one-asset closed forms of §4.1, the trading regions of §3.3, and the pricing results of Proposition 2 all start from (15)–(16). The fee-flow identity shows that the optimist captures a quarter of the pessimist's frictionless excess return, which is the upper bound Remark 1 attributes to any alternative fee-setting mechanism.

The result is proved in the paper, partly in the text and partly in Appendix A. Some steps are argued informally: (11) rests on the sentence "agents cannot be short simultaneously in equilibrium", and (14) on "substituting the optimal portfolios of Proposition 1 into the market clearing conditions". As far as is known, none of it has been machine-checked. A formalization makes each step explicit, including the degenerate states the text passes over. In checking the statements against each other, three printed slips were found and are corrected here (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

The goal combines optimality, clearing and revenue maximization, and the obvious argument fails at its degenerate edge. On the inactive set the shorting cost equals the lending yield (ϕ=γ=0\phi=\gamma=0ϕ=γ=0). There Proposition 1's characterization of optimal portfolios no longer holds: portfolios that short asset 1 to buy asset 2 are also optimal. So the step "substitute the optimal portfolios" is not available, and (14) must be obtained from the clearing conditions directly in that case. Similarly the revenue maximizer is not unique on the inactive set; the shorting cost is pinned down only by the paper's selection of the least maximizer, and (16) is false for any other selection. Finally, (11) requires an argument that the two investors cannot both be short while asset 1 is in positive supply. This uses optimality of both portfolios, not just of one.

Formalization scope

Everything is stated at one state (ω,t)(\omega,t)(ω,t) of the paper's continuous-time economy, about real numbers. The continuous-time economy of §2 (Brownian filtrations, consumption streams, the dynamics of wealth) is the paper's motivation and is not formalized; the formalized statements are its instantaneous equilibrium conditions. The time index is dropped throughout, and the paper's "arbitrary process xtx_txt​" in Proposition 1 becomes an arbitrary real number.

Conventions:

  • Rates are per unit of volatility; the dollar rates are Φ=ϕσ1\Phi=\phi\sigma_1Φ=ϕσ1​ and Γ=γσ1\Gamma=\gamma\sigma_1Γ=γσ1​, never obtained by division.
  • m+m^+m+ and m−m^-m− are written as max⁡{m,0}\max\{m,0\}max{m,0} and max⁡{−m,0}\max\{-m,0\}max{−m,0}; indicators are if … then … else 0.
  • Dollar positions are π1(a)=W(a)p1(a)\pi^{(a)}_1=W^{(a)}p^{(a)}_1π1(a)​=W(a)p1(a)​.
  • The standing assumptions are hypotheses of every equilibrium statement: σ1,σ2>0\sigma_1,\sigma_2>0σ1​,σ2​>0 (the standing assumption of §3), S1>0S_1>0S1​>0, W(o),W(p)>0W^{(o)},W^{(p)}>0W(o),W(p)>0, and θ1(p)≤θ1(o)\theta^{(p)}_1\le\theta^{(o)}_1θ1(p)​≤θ1(o)​.
  • The shorting-cost condition (4) is stated in its per-volatility form (10), over y≥γy\ge\gammay≥γ, with the least maximizer selected as in (13). A single lending agent is built in.
  • Consumption clearing and asset-2 clearing are not part of the equilibrium predicate; no statement uses them, so leaving them out makes every statement more general.

Corrected slips of the page, each disclosed in the item concerned:

  1. Proposition 1's "the optimal portfolio satisfies (9)" fails when ϕ=γ\phi=\gammaϕ=γ; the converse direction is stated under ϕ>γ\phi>\gammaϕ>γ, and the constraint 0≤x≤θ20\le x\le\theta_20≤x≤θ2​ only where θ2≥0\theta_2\ge0θ2​≥0.
  2. The indicator in (12) should be 1{θ1(p)+γ≥0}\mathbb 1_{\{\theta^{(p)}_1+\gamma\ge0\}}1{θ1(p)​+γ≥0}​, not 1{θ1(p)≥0}\mathbb 1_{\{\theta^{(p)}_1\ge0\}}1{θ1(p)​≥0}​; the least maximizer (13) is unaffected.
  3. (18) prints "≠∅\neq\emptyset=∅"; its proof shows the set is empty, which is what is stated.

The results (11), (13) and (14) are not built into the equilibrium predicate. With them assumed, the goal would reduce to a four-line computation; they are separate items to be proved. The definitions are short and self-contained, needing only real arithmetic from Mathlib. Proofs of the milestones, and proofs of the goal that use the milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • T. Evgeniou, J. Hugonnier, R. Prieto, Asset Pricing with Costly Short Sales, Swiss Finance Institute Research Paper N°22-21, version of September 22, 2022 — the source of this mission. Published as J. Hugonnier, R. Prieto, Asset Pricing with Costly Short Sales, Management Science (2024), https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.01887, whose numbering is not used here.
  • G. D'Avolio, The market for borrowing stock, Journal of Financial Economics 66 (2002), 271–306.
  • C. Jones, O. Lamont, Short-sale constraints and stock returns, Journal of Financial Economics 66 (2002).
  • R. Radner, Existence of equilibrium of plans, prices and price expectations in a sequence of markets, Econometrica 40 (2) (1972), 289–303.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Optimality of Affine Policies for Budgeted Uncertainty Sets 2: For Disjoint Constrained Budgeted Sets, Affine Policies Approximate the Adjustable Robust Problem within O(log² n / log log n)Research Paper

Motivation

Two-stage adjustable robust optimization models decisions taken in two steps around an uncertain demand: a first-stage decision is fixed now, the demand is revealed, and a second-stage (recourse) decision reacts to it. The objective is the worst-case total cost over a set of possible demands. Computing the optimal adjustable solution is intractable in general, and even for a single budget constraint it cannot be approximated within Ω(log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n)\Omega(\log n/\log\log n)Ω(logn/loglogn) under a standard complexity assumption (Feige, Jain, Mahdian, Mirrokni, IPCO 2007), where nnn is the number of decision variables.

Affine policies, in which the recourse is restricted to an affine function of the revealed demand (Ben-Tal et al. 2004), are computable by one linear program and are widely used in practice. The question is how much they lose in the worst case.

Uncertainty sets in applications are rarely a single budget: demand is usually grouped (by region, product family or time period) with a separate budget per group. When the groups are disjoint the set is a Cartesian product of budget sets, a class studied by Gupta et al. and by Feige et al. in the robust covering literature.

Timeline. Bertsimas and Goyal (2012) proved that affine policies are within O(m)O(\sqrt m)O(m​) of the adjustable optimum for general uncertainty sets and that this is tight for some sets. El Housni and Goyal (arXiv:1807.00163, 2018; Mathematics of Operations Research 2021) proved O(log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n)O(\log n/\log\log n)O(logn/loglogn) for a single budget set (Theorem 3.1, the first mission of this series) and O(log⁡2n/log⁡log⁡n)O(\log^2 n/\log\log n)O(log2n/loglogn) for disjoint constrained budgeted sets (Theorem 4.1, the goal of this mission).

Setting

Let A∈Rm×nA\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n, a non-negative recourse matrix B∈R+m×nB\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}_+B∈R+m×n​, costs c,d∈R+nc,d\in\mathbb R^n_+c,d∈R+n​ and a polyhedral set X⊆Rn\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn be given. For an uncertainty set U⊆Rm\mathcal U\subseteq\mathbb R^mU⊆Rm of right-hand sides, problem (1.1) is

zAR(U)=min⁡x∈X cTx+max⁡h∈U min⁡y(h)≥0{dTy(h) : Ax+By(h)≥h}.z_{AR}(\mathcal U)=\min_{x\in\mathcal X}\ c^Tx+\max_{h\in\mathcal U}\ \min_{y(h)\ge0}\big\{d^Ty(h)\ :\ Ax+By(h)\ge h\big\}.zAR​(U)=x∈Xmin​ cTx+h∈Umax​ y(h)≥0min​{dTy(h) : Ax+By(h)≥h}.

A first-stage xxx and a recourse rule y(⋅)y(\cdot)y(⋅) form a feasible solution when x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X and y(h)≥0y(h)\ge0y(h)≥0, Ax+By(h)≥hAx+By(h)\ge hAx+By(h)≥h for every h∈Uh\in\mathcal Uh∈U. The affine problem (2.1) restricts the rule to y(h)=Ph+qy(h)=Ph+qy(h)=Ph+q (still requiring Ph+q≥0Ph+q\ge0Ph+q≥0 on U\mathcal UU); its value is zAff(U)≥zAR(U)z_{Aff}(\mathcal U)\ge z_{AR}(\mathcal U)zAff​(U)≥zAR​(U).

Let S1,…,SLS_1,\dots,S_LS1​,…,SL​ be a partition of [m][m][m] and wℓi∈[0,1]w_{\ell i}\in[0,1]wℓi​∈[0,1] weights. The disjoint constrained budgeted set (4.1) is

U={h∈[0,1]m : ∑i∈Sℓwℓihi≤1  ∀ℓ∈[L]}.\mathcal U=\Big\{h\in[0,1]^m\ :\ \sum_{i\in S_\ell}w_{\ell i}h_i\le1\ \ \forall\ell\in[L]\Big\}.U={h∈[0,1]m : i∈Sℓ​∑​wℓi​hi​≤1  ∀ℓ∈[L]}.

With L=1L=1L=1 it is the budget of uncertainty set of the first mission.

The fractional covering value (3.2) of a requirement hhh is z(h)=min⁡y≥0{dTy:By≥h}z(h)=\min_{y\ge0}\{d^Ty: By\ge h\}z(h)=miny≥0​{dTy:By≥h}. In an online fractional covering problem the rows to be covered arrive in batches and a solution may only be increased; an online algorithm A\mathcal AA is ρ\rhoρ-competitive when its cost on every sequence is at most ρ\rhoρ times the offline optimum Θ\ThetaΘ. Throughout, log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm and β=8log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n\beta=8\log n/\log\log nβ=8logn/loglogn.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

zAff(U)=O(log⁡2nlog⁡log⁡n)⋅zAR(U)z_{Aff}(\mathcal U)=O\Big(\frac{\log^2n}{\log\log n}\Big)\cdot z_{AR}(\mathcal U)zAff​(U)=O(loglognlog2n​)⋅zAR​(U)

for every instance with U\mathcal UU a disjoint constrained budgeted set: there are C>0C>0C>0 and NNN such that zAff≤Clog⁡2nlog⁡log⁡nzARz_{Aff}\le C\frac{\log^2n}{\log\log n}z_{AR}zAff​≤Cloglognlog2n​zAR​ for all n≥Nn\ge Nn≥N, all mmm, every number LLL of blocks and all data. The constant is unfixed, and the bound must not depend on LLL.

Milestones (the paper's proof, in order)

  1. Lemma 3.3 (structural result), restated from the first mission: if covering each row i∈Ji\in\mathcal Ji∈J costs more than 4γlog⁡nlog⁡log⁡nwi4\gamma\frac{\log n}{\log\log n}w_i4γloglognlogn​wi​ while every scenario W⊆J\mathcal W\subseteq\mathcal JW⊆J with ∑Wwi≤1\sum_{\mathcal W}w_i\le1∑W​wi​≤1 costs at most γ\gammaγ, then z(J)≤4γlog⁡nlog⁡log⁡nz(\mathcal J)\le4\gamma\frac{\log n}{\log\log n}z(J)≤4γloglognlogn​ (for nnn large).
  2. Lemma 4.1 — for a greedy scenario a1,…,aLa_1,\dots,a_La1​,…,aL​ chosen by Algorithm 1, the online cost νL\nu_LνL​ is at most ρ⋅OPT\rho\cdot\mathrm{OPT}ρ⋅OPT.
  3. Lemma 4.2 — the affine solution (4.7), a linear part on the thresholded components plus a static part, is feasible.
  4. Lemma 4.3 — the linear part costs at most βρ⋅OPT\beta\rho\cdot\mathrm{OPT}βρ⋅OPT for every h∈Uh\in\mathcal Uh∈U.
  5. Lemma 4.4 — the static part costs at most (1+2ρ+βρ)⋅OPT(1+2\rho+\beta\rho)\cdot\mathrm{OPT}(1+2ρ+βρ)⋅OPT.

With ρ=O(log⁡n)\rho=O(\log n)ρ=O(logn), Lemmas 4.3 and 4.4 give the goal.

Significance

The result. For disjoint budgets the bound is within a log⁡n\log nlogn factor of the hardness bound for a single budget, and it does not depend on the number of groups LLL. It shows that affine policies stay near-optimal beyond the single-budget case, for a class that models grouped demand. The paper notes that it is open whether the extra log⁡n\log nlogn factor is necessary. Gupta et al. give an O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn)-approximation for a special case with 0/1 matrices and equal weights, but their algorithm is not an affine policy.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof is known. The formal development makes explicit what the paper uses about the online covering algorithm (monotone, covering, competitive), handles the "without loss of generality" relabelling of the blocks in the greedy scenario, and records two gaps in the proof of Lemma 4.4 (zero weights, and a zero increment νℓ−νℓ−1\nu_\ell-\nu_{\ell-1}νℓ​−νℓ−1​, for which Lemma 3.3 is stated with γ>0\gamma>0γ>0).

Difficulty

The thresholds that split cheap from expensive components cannot use the single quantity OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT as in the single-budget case: a scenario may activate one budget in every block at once, and summing per-block bounds gives a factor LLL. That is the O(Llog⁡n/log⁡log⁡n)O(L\log n/\log\log n)O(Llogn/loglogn) bound of the paper's Section 5. Removing the dependence on LLL requires per-block thresholds that add up to O(log⁡n)⋅OPTO(\log n)\cdot\mathrm{OPT}O(logn)⋅OPT, and the paper obtains them from the increments of an online covering algorithm along a greedily chosen worst sequence of scenarios. A proof of the goal therefore needs an O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn)-competitive online fractional covering algorithm, Buchbinder and Naor's Theorem 4.1, posed on this platform as BNCovPack.Covering.theorem_4_1 (b57de23d-5953-424f-a729-5a018aa74b37, open). That theorem requires positive costs, so zero-cost columns, which this paper allows, need separate handling. The static part also needs Lemma 3.3, the core of the first mission.

Formalization scope

  • Data. Vectors are functions on Fin m, Fin n with the componentwise order; matrices are Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ; Lean indices and blocks are 0-based. First stage and recourse share the dimension nnn, as on p. 1. The partition is S : Fin L → Finset (Fin m), pairwise disjoint and covering Fin m (empty blocks allowed).
  • Values. zARz_{AR}zAR​, zAffz_{Aff}zAff​, z(h)z(h)z(h), Θ\ThetaΘ and zStaz_{Sta}zSta​ are infima in the extended reals, +∞+\infty+∞ when infeasible. A formalization with real infima (equal to 000 on infeasible problems) or without Ph+q≥0Ph+q\ge0Ph+q≥0 would trivialize the goal and is excluded, as is a constant CCC that depends on the instance or on LLL.
  • Standing assumptions of p. 1: B≥0B\ge0B≥0, c,d≥0c,d\ge0c,d≥0, X\mathcal XX polyhedral, wℓi∈[0,1]w_{\ell i}\in[0,1]wℓi​∈[0,1], SSS a partition. "U⊆[0,1]m\mathcal U\subseteq[0,1]^mU⊆[0,1]m compact convex with ei∈Ue_i\in\mathcal Uei​∈U" holds for the set (4.1) and is not added.
  • Added hypotheses and corrections. (i) cTx≥0c^Tx\ge0cTx≥0 for x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X: Theorem 4.1 is false without it (already for L=1L=1L=1), and it holds whenever X⊆R+n\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^n_+X⊆R+n​. (ii) n≥3n\ge3n≥3 where β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0 is needed, and a threshold N0N_0N0​ in Lemma 3.3, which as printed fails at n=2n=2n=2. (iii) Covering solutions viv_ivi​ are required only for i∈Ii\in\mathcal Ii∈I.
  • The online algorithm is an abstract structure OnlineCover with ratio ρ\rhoρ: starting at 000, non-negative, monotone, covering every revealed coverable row, and ρ\rhoρ-competitive on disjoint batches. The milestones hold for every such algorithm, with the paper's O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn) written as ρ\rhoρ. The goal does not mention the algorithm. Algorithm 1 is a predicate on a run (a bijection of blocks and the chosen scenarios) with its maximality clause, so ties are arbitrary.
  • Thresholds are in multiplied form αiz(ei)≤wβ(νℓ−νℓ−1)\alpha_iz(e_i)\le w\beta(\nu_\ell-\nu_{\ell-1})αi​z(ei​)≤wβ(νℓ​−νℓ−1​); no division by a weight that may be 000.
  • Infrastructure. Lemma 3.3 is shared with the first mission and needs LP duality and randomized rounding. Buchbinder–Naor's theorem, or any O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn)-competitive online fractional covering algorithm, is needed for the goal. Proofs of any milestone are welcome.

The source is arXiv:1807.00163v2; its printed page numbers equal the PDF page numbers.

Selected references

  • O. El Housni, V. Goyal, On the Optimality of Affine Policies for Budgeted Uncertainty Sets, arXiv:1807.00163v2, 2019; Mathematics of Operations Research 46(2), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1807.00163
  • N. Buchbinder, J. Naor, Online primal-dual algorithms for covering and packing, Mathematics of Operations Research 34(2), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1080.0363
  • D. Bertsimas, V. Goyal, On the power and limitations of affine policies in two-stage adaptive optimization, Mathematical Programming 134(2), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0444-4
  • U. Feige, K. Jain, M. Mahdian, V. Mirrokni, Robust combinatorial optimization with exponential scenarios, IPCO 2007, LNCS 4513.
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Goryashko, E. Guslitzer, A. Nemirovski, Adjustable robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Mathematical Programming 99(2), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0454-y
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Coordinating Inventory Control and Pricing Strategies for Perishable Products 2: With Zero Lead Time and Minimal Disposal, Two Myopic Solutions Bound the Optimal Order-Up-To LevelResearch Paper

Why bound the order-up-to level of a perishable product

Food, blood products, pharmaceuticals and many retail goods are perishable: a unit is usable for a fixed number of periods and is then discarded. A seller of such a product decides every period how much to order, what price to charge, and how much stock to deplete or dispose of. Because units of different ages coexist, the state of the system is a vector of inventory levels by remaining lifetime, and the exact dynamic program suffers from the curse of dimensionality in that vector. Nahmias's survey (Nahmias 1982) records this obstacle for the pure ordering problem; adding pricing makes it worse.

Chen, Pang and Pan (Operations Research 62(2), 2014) analyse the joint ordering, pricing and disposal problem with the tools of L♮-concavity (Murota's discrete convex analysis, extended to real vectors). Their §4 shows that the optimal profit-to-go is L♮-concave, which yields monotone policies with bounded sensitivity. Their §6.1 then shows that two one-dimensional, myopic problems bracket the optimal order-up-to level, which is the starting point of the heuristics of §6.2. This mission formalizes the backlogging case of that bracketing result, Theorem 3.

Setting

A single product has lifetime l≥2l\ge 2l≥2 periods; the replenishment lead time is zero, and unmet demand is backlogged. The unit costs are ccc (ordering), h+h^+h+ (holding), h−h^-h− (backlogging) and θ\thetaθ (disposal); γ\gammaγ is the discount factor. The seller chooses the expected demand ddd in an interval D=[d‾,dˉ]\mathcal D=[\underline d,\bar d]D=[d​,dˉ], which is equivalent to choosing the price P(d)P(d)P(d), where PPP is strictly decreasing. The expected revenue P(d) dP(d)\,dP(d)d is continuous and concave on D\mathcal DD (Assumption 1). Realized demand is dt=d+εtd_t=d+\varepsilon_tdt​=d+εt​, with independent, identically distributed, zero-mean noise supported in [A,B][A,B][A,B], A≤0≤BA\le 0\le BA≤0≤B, and d‾+A≥0\underline d+A\ge 0d​+A≥0.

The state s=(s1,…,sl−1)s=(s_1,\dots,s_{l-1})s=(s1​,…,sl−1​) lies in S={s1≤⋯≤sl−1}\mathcal S=\{s_1\le\dots\le s_{l-1}\}S={s1​≤⋯≤sl−1​}: sis_isi​ is the inventory with residual lifetime at most iii periods (negative values are backorders), and sl−1s_{l-1}sl−1​ is the inventory position. Each period the seller picks an order-up-to level sl≥sl−1s_l\ge s_{l-1}sl​≥sl−1​, the demand level ddd, and, after demand is realized, a depletion aaa with s1∨dt≤a≤sl∨dts_1\vee d_t\le a\le s_l\vee d_ts1​∨dt​≤a≤sl​∨dt​. The next state is s~=(s2−a,…,sl−a)\tilde s=(s_2-a,\dots,s_l-a)s~=(s2​−a,…,sl​−a). The one-period objective is

φt(s,sl,d,a∣εt)=γc s~l−1−csl−θ(a−dt)−h+(sl−a)+−h−(a−sl)++γft+1(s~),\varphi_t(s,s_l,d,a\mid\varepsilon_t)=\gamma c\,\tilde s_{l-1}-cs_l-\theta(a-d_t)-h^+(s_l-a)^+-h^-(a-s_l)^++\gamma f_{t+1}(\tilde s),φt​(s,sl​,d,a∣εt​)=γcs~l−1​−csl​−θ(a−dt​)−h+(sl​−a)+−h−(a−sl​)++γft+1​(s~),

gtg_tgt​ maximizes it over aaa, Gt(s,sl,d)=P(d)d+E[gt]G_t(s,s_l,d)=P(d)d+\mathbb E[g_t]Gt​(s,sl​,d)=P(d)d+E[gt​], and the profit-to-go is ft(s)=max⁡sl≥sl−1, d∈DGt(s,sl,d)f_t(s)=\max_{s_l\ge s_{l-1},\,d\in\mathcal D}G_t(s,s_l,d)ft​(s)=maxsl​≥sl−1​,d∈D​Gt​(s,sl​,d) with fT+1=0f_{T+1}=0fT+1​=0.

Under θ≥h+/(1−γ)\theta\ge h^+/(1-\gamma)θ≥h+/(1−γ) only expiring stock is disposed of (Proposition 1). With θ~=θ+γc−h+\tilde\theta=\theta+\gamma c-h^+θ~=θ+γc−h+ and vt(sl,dt)=−(1−γ)csl−γcdt−h+(sl−dt)+−h−(dt−sl)+v_t(s_l,d_t)=-(1-\gamma)cs_l-\gamma cd_t-h^+(s_l-d_t)^+-h^-(d_t-s_l)^+vt​(sl​,dt​)=−(1−γ)csl​−γcdt​−h+(sl​−dt​)+−h−(dt​−sl​)+, the two myopic objectives are

Πt(sl,d)=P(d)d+E[vt(sl,dt)],Π~t(sl,d)=Πt(sl,d)−γcsl−K E[(sl−dt)+],\Pi_t(s_l,d)=P(d)d+\mathbb E[v_t(s_l,d_t)],\qquad \tilde\Pi_t(s_l,d)=\Pi_t(s_l,d)-\gamma cs_l-K\,\mathbb E[(s_l-d_t)^+],Πt​(sl​,d)=P(d)d+E[vt​(sl​,dt​)],Π~t​(sl​,d)=Πt​(sl​,d)−γcsl​−KE[(sl​−dt​)+],

with K=γh++⋯+γl−2h++γl−1θ~K=\gamma h^++\dots+\gamma^{l-2}h^++\gamma^{l-1}\tilde\thetaK=γh++⋯+γl−2h++γl−1θ~. Sˉt(d)\bar S_t(d)Sˉt​(d) and S‾t(d)\underline S_t(d)S​t​(d) are their largest maximizers over sl≥0s_l\ge0sl​≥0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (Bounds), backlogging case

For every period, every state s∈Ss\in\mathcal Ss∈S and every d∈Dd\in\mathcal Dd∈D, the largest optimal order-up-to level slt(s,d)s_{lt}(s,d)slt​(s,d) satisfies

S‾t(d)∨sl−1 ≤ slt(s,d) ≤ Sˉt(d)∨sl−1.\underline S_t(d)\vee s_{l-1}\ \le\ s_{lt}(s,d)\ \le\ \bar S_t(d)\vee s_{l-1}.S​t​(d)∨sl−1​ ≤ slt​(s,d) ≤ Sˉt​(d)∨sl−1​.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Lemma 6 (p. 290): ftf_tft​ is nonincreasing in each coordinate of the state.
  2. Proposition 1 (p. 292): if θ≥h+/(1−γ)\theta\ge h^+/(1-\gamma)θ≥h+/(1−γ), depleting dt∨s1d_t\vee s_1dt​∨s1​ is optimal.
  3. The p. 294 decomposition: φt\varphi_tφt​ at a=dt∨s1a=d_t\vee s_1a=dt​∨s1​ equals vt(sl,dt)−θ~(s1−dt)++γft+1(s~)v_t(s_l,d_t)-\tilde\theta(s_1-d_t)^++\gamma f_{t+1}(\tilde s)vt​(sl​,dt​)−θ~(s1​−dt​)++γft+1​(s~).
  4. Theorem 1, first sentence (p. 291), at zero lead time: ftf_tft​, gtg_tgt​, φt\varphi_tφt​ are L♮-concave.
  5. Concavity in sls_lsl​ (p. 295): Πt(⋅,d)\Pi_t(\cdot,d)Πt​(⋅,d) and Gt(s,⋅,d)G_t(s,\cdot,d)Gt​(s,⋅,d) are concave.
  6. Upper step (p. 295): Gt(s,sl′,d)−Gt(s,sl,d)≤Πt(sl′,d)−Πt(sl,d)G_t(s,s'_l,d)-G_t(s,s_l,d)\le\Pi_t(s'_l,d)-\Pi_t(s_l,d)Gt​(s,sl′​,d)−Gt​(s,sl​,d)≤Πt​(sl′​,d)−Πt​(sl​,d) for sl′>sl≥sl−1s'_l>s_l\ge s_{l-1}sl′​>sl​≥sl−1​.

The proof's lower-bound display (p. 295) is not a milestone: as printed, for arbitrary sl′>sl≥sl−1s'_l>s_l\ge s_{l-1}sl′​>sl​≥sl−1​, it is false when h+>γch^+>\gamma ch+>γc (see Formalization scope).

Significance

The result. The bounds reduce an (l−1)(l-1)(l−1)-dimensional optimization to two scalar newsvendor-type problems whose solutions do not depend on the period (Remark 6), and they give interpretable brackets: Sˉt(d)\bar S_t(d)Sˉt​(d) ignores the future cost of excess stock, while S‾t(d)\underline S_t(d)S​t​(d) charges every excess unit holding until expiry and then disposal. They justify the one-dimensional heuristics of §6.2 and give a check on any computed policy.

Formalizing it. The paper's proof is short but compresses three steps that need care: the structural results of §4 at zero lead time, the minimal-disposal property, and a coupling argument for the lower bound whose printed display is not correct as stated (see below). A machine-checked development would make the whole chain from the recursion to the bounds explicit, including the existence conventions for optimal decisions. To the knowledge of this mission, none of these results has been formalized in any proof assistant.

Difficulty

The central obstacle is the concavity of Gt(s,⋅,d)G_t(s,\cdot,d)Gt​(s,⋅,d) in the order-up-to level. It is not visible from the one-period terms: it rests on L♮-concavity of the whole recursion (Theorem 1), and the depletion constraint s1∨dt≤a≤sl∨dts_1\vee d_t\le a\le s_l\vee d_ts1​∨dt​≤a≤sl​∨dt​ is not an L♮-convex set, so the standard preservation lemma does not apply to (5) as written.

The lower bound needs a quantitative estimate of how much an extra unit of fresh stock can cost in the future. The printed estimate charges the expiring unit θ~\tilde\thetaθ~ where an unused unit actually costs θ\thetaθ, so it cannot hold for every pair of order-up-to levels; the lower bound must use that the comparison is only needed below S‾t(d)\underline S_t(d)S​t​(d), where excess stock is not pushed past the next period's optimal order-up-to level.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace PerishablePricing.Bounds. Its conventions are:

  • Carrier R\mathbb RR. The paper treats real and integer vectors at once; only the real case is formalized. L♮-convexity is defined on an explicit domain with real values, the paper's convention for "L♮-convex on a set".
  • Indices. States are Fin L → ℝ with L=l−1≥1L=l-1\ge1L=l−1≥1, 0-based.
  • Time. Time counts periods to go: f 0 = 0 is fT+1f_{T+1}fT+1​, and GtG_tGt​, gtg_tgt​, φt\varphi_tφt​ use the continuation f n.
  • Maxima and expectations. The maxima in the recursion are suprema over nonempty sets whose values are bounded above, and expectations are Bochner integrals against the noise law.
  • Optimal decisions. Every optimal decision is a largest maximizer, taken as a hypothesis at the points where it is used. With an arbitrary maximizer the upper bound fails when Πt(⋅,d)\Pi_t(\cdot,d)Πt​(⋅,d) is flat.

The standing assumptions are the hypotheses of every statement:

  • nonnegative unit costs and 0≤γ≤10\le\gamma\le10≤γ≤1;
  • the noise conditions and the strictly decreasing inverse demand;
  • Assumption 1;
  • (1−γ)c≤h−(1-\gamma)c\le h^-(1−γ)c≤h−, the §4 assumption c≤h−/(1−γ)c\le h^-/(1-\gamma)c≤h−/(1−γ);
  • h+≤(1−γ)θh^+\le(1-\gamma)\thetah+≤(1−γ)θ with γ<1\gamma<1γ<1, the §6.1 assumption θ≥h+/(1−γ)\theta\ge h^+/(1-\gamma)θ≥h+/(1−γ), which divides by 1−γ1-\gamma1−γ.

Deviations from the page, all disclosed in the items:

  • Only the backlogging case of Theorem 3 is stated. The lost-sales case rests on Theorem 2, which is not posed.
  • The hypothesis "the starting inventory level of the planning horizon is zero" constrains no object of the statement, and the conclusion is stated for every state.
  • Π~t\tilde\Pi_tΠ~t​'s printed term −γc s~l−1-\gamma c\,\tilde s_{l-1}−γcs~l−1​ depends on the state and the noise. It is read as −γc sl-\gamma c\,s_l−γcsl​, which leaves the maximizers unchanged.
  • The objective missing from the printed definition of Sˉt(d)\bar S_t(d)Sˉt​(d) is Πt\Pi_tΠt​.
  • The upper step's "Gt=Πt+γE[ft+1]G_t=\Pi_t+\gamma\mathbb E[f_{t+1}]Gt​=Πt​+γE[ft+1​]" omits a term constant in sls_lsl​.
  • The lower-bound display of the proof of Theorem 3 is not stated. Its exponents t+l−3t+l-3t+l−3, t+l−2t+l-2t+l−2 should read l−3l-3l−3, l−2l-2l−2, and even then, for arbitrary sl′>sl≥sl−1s'_l>s_l\ge s_{l-1}sl′​>sl​≥sl−1​, it fails when h+>γch^+>\gamma ch+>γc. Example: l=2l=2l=2, deterministic demand, c=1c=1c=1, γ=12\gamma=\tfrac12γ=21​, h+=h−=1h^+=h^-=1h+=h−=1, θ=2\theta=2θ=2, one period after the current one, s1=0s_1=0s1​=0, d=12d=\tfrac12d=21​, sl=100s_l=100sl​=100, sl′=101s'_l=101sl′​=101: the left side is −3-3−3 and the right side is −2.75-2.75−2.75. In that case an unused unit is disposed of at cost θ\thetaθ, not θ~\tilde\thetaθ~. Theorem 3 itself is stated as printed, with S‾t(d)\underline S_t(d)S​t​(d) defined through Π~t\tilde\Pi_tΠ~t​.

The goal must not be trivialized. Its continuation, the concavity of GtG_tGt​ and the monotonicity of ft+1f_{t+1}ft+1​ are properties of the model's own recursion, never hypotheses on abstract functions. Likewise slt(s,d)s_{lt}(s,d)slt​(s,d) is defined through GtG_tGt​, never through Πt\Pi_tΠt​ or Π~t\tilde\Pi_tΠ~t​.

A complete development needs:

  • L♮-concavity preservation under partial maximization over an L♮-convex set and under expectation;
  • concavity of expectations of piecewise-linear functions of the noise;
  • measurability and integrability of the stage value gtg_tgt​ in the noise;
  • the coupling arguments for Proposition 1 and the lower bound.

The L♮ preservation lemmas are reusable for other discrete-convexity models in inventory theory. Contributions toward any milestone, or toward that infrastructure, are welcome.

The source is the published Operations Research article. In the held scan, printed page = PDF page + 282.

Selected references

  • X. Chen, Z. Pang, L. Pan, Coordinating Inventory Control and Pricing Strategies for Perishable Products, Operations Research 62(2):284–300, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1261
  • K. Murota, Discrete Convex Analysis, SIAM, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718508
  • P. Zipkin, On the Structure of Lost-Sales Inventory Models, Operations Research 56(4):937–944, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0482
  • S. Nahmias, Perishable Inventory Theory: A Review, Operations Research 30(4):680–708, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.30.4.680
10 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsMechanism DesignProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Contract Design in the Presence of Double Moral Hazard: One of Three Tenure-and-Termination Contracts γⁱ(wⁱ) Is Optimal Among Contracts Inducing Full Effort and Truth-TellingResearch Paper

Motivation

Many businesses are run by an agent on behalf of an owner who cannot see everything the agent does. Two frictions arise together. The agent may shirk, saving the cost of the effort that brings customers in, and the agent may divert cash, pocketing the fee of a customer the owner never sees: a plumbing franchise whose offline jobs bypass the head office, or a home-services platform whose providers are paid off-platform by returning clients. Each friction alone is a classical object of dynamic contract theory: DeMarzo and Sannikov (2006) study cash diversion, and Sun and Tian (2018) study effort incentives with Poisson arrivals. Tian, Astashkina and Duenyas (SSRN 4249177; Management Science, 2024, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.01169) solve the problem with both frictions present, in a model where customers arrive by a Poisson process whose rate the agent controls. This mission formalizes the baseline model of their Section 2 and its main result, Theorem 1.

Setting

Customers arrive at rate μ\muμ while the agent exerts effort (νt=μ\nu_t=\muνt​=μ, at flow cost ccc) and do not arrive while the agent shirks (νt=0\nu_t=0νt​=0). Each arriving customer independently uses the unobservable channel uuu with probability ppp, paying the fee RuR^uRu, or the observable channel ooo with probability 1−p1-p1−p, paying RoR^oRo. The counting processes NtuN^u_tNtu​ and NtoN^o_tNto​ count the arrivals by channel. The principal observes NoN^oNo and the agent's reports N^u\hat N^uN^u of the uuu-arrivals; an unreported uuu-arrival is cash the agent keeps. Both parties discount at rate rrr.

A contract γ=(L,τ)\gamma=(L,\tau)γ=(L,τ) consists of a nondecreasing cumulative payment LLL (limited liability: payments are never negative) and a termination time τ\tauτ, both functions of what the principal observes. The agent's utility (2.1) and the principal's utility (2.2) are

u(γ,ν,N^u)=E[∫0τe−rt[Ru(dNtu−dN^tu)+dLt+c(1−1[νt=μ])dt]],u(\gamma,\nu,\hat N^u)=\mathbb E\Big[\int_0^\tau e^{-rt}\big[R^u(dN^u_t-d\hat N^u_t)+dL_t+c(1-\mathbb 1[\nu_t=\mu])dt\big]\Big],u(γ,ν,N^u)=E[∫0τ​e−rt[Ru(dNtu​−dN^tu​)+dLt​+c(1−1[νt​=μ])dt]], U(γ,νˉ,Nu)=E[∫0τe−rt[RudNtu+RodNto−dLt−c dt]].U(\gamma,\bar\nu,N^u)=\mathbb E\Big[\int_0^\tau e^{-rt}\big[R^u dN^u_t+R^o dN^o_t-dL_t-c\,dt\big]\Big].U(γ,νˉ,Nu)=E[∫0τ​e−rt[RudNtu​+RodNto​−dLt​−cdt]].

A contract is incentive compatible, γ∈ΓIC\gamma\in\Gamma^{IC}γ∈ΓIC, if always working and always reporting truthfully (νˉ\bar\nuνˉ, N^u=Nu\hat N^u=N^uN^u=Nu) is optimal for the agent against every alternative effort process and reporting rule. Write Vˉ=(μ(pRu+(1−p)Ro)−c)/r\bar V=(\mu(pR^u+(1-p)R^o)-c)/rVˉ=(μ(pRu+(1−p)Ro)−c)/r, β=c/μ\beta=c/\muβ=c/μ, βo=(β−pRu)/(1−p)\beta^o=(\beta-pR^u)/(1-p)βo=(β−pRu)/(1−p), and assume the standing condition (2.5), Vˉ≥0\bar V\ge0Vˉ≥0.

The candidate optimal contracts γi(w)\gamma^i(w)γi(w), i=1,2,3i=1,2,3i=1,2,3, track a promised utility WtW_tWt​ that starts at www, drifts by dWt=r(Wt−wˉi)dtdW_t=r(W_t-\bar w^i)dtdWt​=r(Wt​−wˉi)dt, jumps up at rewarded arrivals, triggers termination when it reaches 000, and is capped at a tenure threshold wˉi\bar w^iwˉi, with the excess paid out: wˉ1=μpRu/r\bar w^1=\mu pR^u/rwˉ1=μpRu/r with jumps RuR^uRu at reported uuu-arrivals only (Definition 1); wˉ2=c/r\bar w^2=c/rwˉ2=c/r with jumps RuR^uRu and βo\beta^oβo (Definition 2); wˉ3=c/r\bar w^3=c/rwˉ3=c/r with jump β\betaβ at every arrival (Definition 3). The principal's value function FiF_iFi​ solves a differential equation with advanced arguments, for instance in the first scenario

rF(w)=rVˉ+μp [F(w+Ru)−F(w)]+r(w−wˉ1)F′(w),F(0)=0,(2.9)rF(w)=r\bar V+\mu p\,[F(w+R^u)-F(w)]+r(w-\bar w^1)F'(w),\qquad F(0)=0,\qquad (2.9)rF(w)=rVˉ+μp[F(w+Ru)−F(w)]+r(w−wˉ1)F′(w),F(0)=0,(2.9)

extended by F(w)=F(wˉ1)−(w−wˉ1)F(w)=F(\bar w^1)-(w-\bar w^1)F(w)=F(wˉ1)−(w−wˉ1) beyond the threshold.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 21)

With wi=arg⁡max⁡w≥0Fi(w)w^i=\arg\max_{w\ge0}F_i(w)wi=argmaxw≥0​Fi​(w) (2.14), the optimal contract in ΓIC\Gamma^{IC}ΓIC is

γ1(w1) if c≤μpRu,γ2(w2) if μpRu<c<μRu,γ3(w3) if c≥μRu,\gamma^1(w^1)\ \text{if}\ c\le\mu pR^u,\qquad\gamma^2(w^2)\ \text{if}\ \mu pR^u<c<\mu R^u,\qquad\gamma^3(w^3)\ \text{if}\ c\ge\mu R^u,γ1(w1) if c≤μpRu,γ2(w2) if μpRu<c<μRu,γ3(w3) if c≥μRu,

meaning γi(wi)∈ΓIC\gamma^i(w^i)\in\Gamma^{IC}γi(wi)∈ΓIC and U(γ,νˉ,Nu)≤U(γi(wi),νˉ,Nu)U(\gamma,\bar\nu,N^u)\le U(\gamma^i(w^i),\bar\nu,N^u)U(γ,νˉ,Nu)≤U(γi(wi),νˉ,Nu) for every γ∈ΓIC\gamma\in\Gamma^{IC}γ∈ΓIC.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4 (three items, one per scenario): the scenario's equation with F(0)=0F(0)=0F(0)=0 has a unique solution FiF_iFi​ on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), concave, with Fi′≥−1F_i'\ge-1Fi′​≥−1.
  2. Proposition 1: U(γi(w),νˉ,Nu)=Fi(w)U(\gamma^i(w),\bar\nu,N^u)=F_i(w)U(γi(w),νˉ,Nu)=Fi​(w) and u(γi(w),νˉ,Nu)=wu(\gamma^i(w),\bar\nu,N^u)=wu(γi(w),νˉ,Nu)=w for w∈[0,wˉi]w\in[0,\bar w^i]w∈[0,wˉi].
  3. The bound (B.12)–(B.16): for F=FiF=F_iF=Fi​, the drift Φ\PhiΦ of (B.7) is nonpositive at every jump pair satisfying Hu≥RuH^u\ge R^uHu≥Ru and pHu+(1−p)Ho≥βpH^u+(1-p)H^o\ge\betapHu+(1−p)Ho≥β.
  4. Proposition 2: Fi(u(γ,νˉ,Nu))≥U(γ,νˉ,Nu)F_i(u(\gamma,\bar\nu,N^u))\ge U(\gamma,\bar\nu,N^u)Fi​(u(γ,νˉ,Nu))≥U(γ,νˉ,Nu) for every γ∈ΓIC\gamma\in\Gamma^{IC}γ∈ΓIC.

Significance

The theorem shows that three simple contracts, each a probation period followed by termination or tenure, solve a two-dimensional moral hazard problem, and it tells which incentive constraint binds: truth-telling alone when c≤μpRuc\le\mu pR^uc≤μpRu, both when μpRu<c<μRu\mu pR^u<c<\mu R^uμpRu<c<μRu, effort alone when c≥μRuc\ge\mu R^uc≥μRu. Section 2.4 of the paper extends optimality to contracts that may let the agent shirk, and Sections 3 to 5 build monitoring, dynamic pricing and continuous effort on the same baseline, so the definitions here are the substrate for those results.

The result is proved in the paper, with two of the three scenarios of Lemma 4 and Proposition 1 left to the reader. It has not been formalized. A complete development would give a machine-checked account of a continuous-time contracting model driven by a controlled point process, which no library currently provides.

Difficulty

Three steps resist a direct transcription of the paper's argument. First, the value-function equations are not ordinary differential equations: they evaluate FFF at w+Ruw+R^uw+Ru, w+βow+\beta^ow+βo, w+βw+\betaw+β, so existence, uniqueness and concavity come from a backward induction over intervals of length RuR^uRu starting at the tenure threshold, and concavity holds only under (2.5). Second, the upper bound for an arbitrary incentive compatible contract needs the promise-keeping representation of the agent's continuation utility, a martingale representation for point-process filtrations, and a verification argument through Itô's formula for jump processes; the paper's proof uses the terminal condition F(Wτ)=F(0)F(W_\tau)=F(0)F(Wτ​)=F(0) and a martingale property without addressing τ=∞\tau=\inftyτ=∞ or integrability. Third, the characterization of incentive compatibility by the jump conditions Hu≥RuH^u\ge R^uHu≥Ru and pHu+(1−p)Ho≥βpH^u+(1-p)H^o\ge\betapHu+(1−p)Ho≥β is argued in the paper by a one-deviation heuristic, whereas (IC) quantifies over all joint deviations in effort and reporting.

Formalization scope

The arrival process is built from an i.i.d. sequence of standard exponential clocks and Bernoulli(ppp) channel marks: the next arrival occurs when μ\muμ times the effort time accumulated since the last arrival reaches the next clock. Strategies (effort and reporting) and contracts (cumulative payment and termination rule) are functions of the relevant history: the agent's full arrival history for strategies, the principal's observed history for contracts, which is the general form of predictable and adapted processes for a marked point process. Effort at time ttt depends only on arrivals strictly before ttt; reports can hide uuu-arrivals but never invent them. Utilities are expectations in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] of nonnegative pathwise terms, payments enter as a Lebesgue–Stieltjes integral over [0,τ][0,\tau][0,τ], and UUU is real-valued on contracts with finite expected payments, which ΓIC\Gamma^{IC}ΓIC requires. (IC) quantifies over every measurable strategy.

The value functions are pinned by solution classes: continuity on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), the slope −1-1−1 extension beyond wˉi\bar w^iwˉi, differentiability and the equation on [0,wˉi)[0,\bar w^i)[0,wˉi), and F(0)=0F(0)=0F(0)=0. The printed (2.11) has a stray −rF(w)-rF(w)−rF(w) on its right-hand side; the formalization uses the equation obtained from the HJB equation (2.7), which is the one the proofs use. Proposition 2 is stated for every promised utility w≥0w\ge0w≥0 (the page says w∈[0,wˉi]w\in[0,\bar w^i]w∈[0,wˉi]), which is what the optimality argument (2.15) needs. The bound (B.12)–(B.16) adds the condition w+Ho≥0w+H^o\ge0w+Ho≥0, since FFF is defined on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞).

The formalization does not trivialize: ΓIC\Gamma^{IC}ΓIC is not shrunk by restricting deviations, contracts react to reports so that hiding an arrival changes what the agent is paid, UUU carries no junk value on ΓIC\Gamma^{IC}ΓIC, and the goal quantifies over solutions of the value-function equations rather than over arbitrary concave functions; Lemma 4 is what makes that quantification non-vacuous.

Out of scope: Theorem 2 (optimality in the larger space Γ\GammaΓ, whose shirking payoffs are defined only inside its proof), Lemma 5, Sections 3 to 5, and as separate items Lemmas 1 to 3, Lemma 14 and the equivalence of (IC) with the two jump conditions, which need a promised-utility process with left limits built from conditional expectations. Contributions of that infrastructure (point-process martingale representation, Itô's formula for finite-variation jump processes, a verification theorem for discounted optimal control) are welcome and reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • F. Tian, E. Astashkina, I. Duenyas, Dynamic Contract Design in the Presence of Double Moral Hazard, SSRN 4249177 (preprint); Management Science, 2024. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4249177, https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.01169
  • P. M. DeMarzo, Y. Sannikov, Optimal Security Design and Dynamic Capital Structure in a Continuous-Time Agency Model, Journal of Finance 61(6), 2006. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-6261.2006.01033.x
  • P. Sun, F. Tian, Optimal Contract to Induce Continued Effort, Management Science 64(9), 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2017.2795
  • P. Brémaud, Point Processes and Queues: Martingale Dynamics, Springer, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-9477-8
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMachine LearningReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

The Role of Lookahead and Approximate Policy Evaluation in Reinforcement Learning with Linear Value Function Approximation: Error Bound for Least-Squares Policy Iteration with LookaheadResearch Paper

Motivation

Approximate policy iteration is the template behind most practical reinforcement-learning systems for large state spaces: alternate between choosing a policy that looks good under the current value estimate and estimating the value of that policy, with errors in both steps. Game-playing systems such as AlphaZero add two ingredients to this template: a multi-step lookahead (tree search) when choosing the policy, and a linear or neural value-function approximation fitted from a few evaluated states. Classical error bounds for approximate policy iteration (Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis, 1996) assume that each evaluation error is bounded by a fixed δ\deltaδ; Efroni, Dalal, Scherrer and Mannor (2019) extended them to HHH-step lookahead policies. Neither analysis asks whether a fitted value function actually meets such a bound.

Winnicki, Lubars, Livesay and Srikant (arXiv:2109.13419, Operations Research, 2025) show that it need not: with least-squares fitting on a subset of states, the iterates of approximate policy iteration can diverge (their Section 3.2). They then prove that sufficient lookahead HHH and rollout length mmm restore convergence, with an explicit finite-time error bound. This mission formalizes that bound.

Setting

A Markov decision process (S,A,P,r,α)(\mathcal S,\mathcal A,P,r,\alpha)(S,A,P,r,α) has a finite set of states S\mathcal SS, a finite set of actions A\mathcal AA, transition probabilities Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a) of moving from state iii to state jjj under action aaa, mean rewards r(s,a)∈[0,1]r(s,a)\in[0,1]r(s,a)∈[0,1], and a discount factor α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1). A deterministic policy is a map μ:S→A\mu:\mathcal S\to\mathcal Aμ:S→A. Its value is the expected discounted reward

Jμ(s)=E[∑k≥0αkr(sk,μ(sk)) ∣ s0=s],J^\mu(s)=E\Big[\sum_{k\ge0}\alpha^k r(s_k,\mu(s_k))\,\Big|\,s_0=s\Big],Jμ(s)=E[k≥0∑​αkr(sk​,μ(sk​))​s0​=s],

and the optimal reward-to-go is J∗(s)=max⁡μJμ(s)J^*(s)=\max_\mu J^\mu(s)J∗(s)=maxμ​Jμ(s). Vectors J∈R∣S∣J\in\mathbb R^{|\mathcal S|}J∈R∣S∣ are compared in the sup norm ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​. The policy operator and the Bellman operator are

(TμJ)(s)=r(s,μ(s))+α∑jPsj(μ(s))J(j),(TJ)(s)=max⁡a{r(s,a)+α∑jPsj(a)J(j)}.(T_\mu J)(s)=r(s,\mu(s))+\alpha\sum_jP_{sj}(\mu(s))J(j),\qquad (TJ)(s)=\max_{a}\Big\{r(s,a)+\alpha\sum_jP_{sj}(a)J(j)\Big\}.(Tμ​J)(s)=r(s,μ(s))+αj∑​Psj​(μ(s))J(j),(TJ)(s)=amax​{r(s,a)+αj∑​Psj​(a)J(j)}.

Each state iii has a feature vector ϕ(i)∈Rd\phi(i)\in\mathbb R^dϕ(i)∈Rd; Φ\PhiΦ is the matrix with rows ϕ(i)\phi(i)ϕ(i). For a set of states D\mathcal DD, ΦD\Phi_{\mathcal D}ΦD​ keeps the rows indexed by D\mathcal DD and PD\mathcal P_{\mathcal D}PD​ selects the entries of a vector indexed by D\mathcal DD.

Algorithm 2 starts from an arbitrary J0J_0J0​ and, at iteration kkk, (i) picks a policy μk+1\mu_{k+1}μk+1​ with ∥THJk−Tμk+1TH−1Jk∥∞≤εLA\|T^HJ_k-T_{\mu_{k+1}}T^{H-1}J_k\|_\infty\le\varepsilon_{LA}∥THJk​−Tμk+1​​TH−1Jk​∥∞​≤εLA​ (an inexact HHH-step lookahead); (ii) forms the noisy return J^μk+1(i)=Tμk+1mTH−1Jk(i)+wk+1(i)\hat J^{\mu_{k+1}}(i)=T^m_{\mu_{k+1}}T^{H-1}J_k(i)+w_{k+1}(i)J^μk+1​(i)=Tμk+1​m​TH−1Jk​(i)+wk+1​(i) on an evaluation set Dk\mathcal D_kDk​; (iii) fits θk+1\theta_{k+1}θk+1​ by least squares on Dk\mathcal D_kDk​ and sets Jk+1=Φθk+1J_{k+1}=\Phi\theta_{k+1}Jk+1​=Φθk+1​. Assumption 1 asks that the features of Dk\mathcal D_kDk​ have rank ddd for every kkk and that ∥wk∥∞≤εPE\|w_k\|_\infty\le\varepsilon_{PE}∥wk​∥∞​≤εPE​. Under it the fit is linear, Jk+1=Mk+1J^μk+1J_{k+1}=\mathcal M_{k+1}\hat J^{\mu_{k+1}}Jk+1​=Mk+1​J^μk+1​ with M=Φ(ΦD⊤ΦD)−1ΦD⊤PD\mathcal M=\Phi(\Phi_{\mathcal D}^\top\Phi_{\mathcal D})^{-1}\Phi_{\mathcal D}^\top\mathcal P_{\mathcal D}M=Φ(ΦD⊤​ΦD​)−1ΦD⊤​PD​, and the paper defines

δFV=sup⁡k∥Mk∥∞,δapp=sup⁡k,μ∥MkJμ−Jμ∥∞,β=αm+H−1δFV,τ=αm+αm+H−11−αδFV+δapp+δFVεPE.\delta_{FV}=\sup_k\|\mathcal M_k\|_\infty,\qquad \delta_{app}=\sup_{k,\mu}\|\mathcal M_kJ^\mu-J^\mu\|_\infty,\qquad \beta=\alpha^{m+H-1}\delta_{FV},\qquad \tau=\frac{\alpha^m+\alpha^{m+H-1}}{1-\alpha}\delta_{FV}+\delta_{app}+\delta_{FV}\varepsilon_{PE}.δFV​=ksup​∥Mk​∥∞​,δapp​=k,μsup​∥Mk​Jμ−Jμ∥∞​,β=αm+H−1δFV​,τ=1−ααm+αm+H−1​δFV​+δapp​+δFV​εPE​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 14, eq. (10))

If m+H−1>log⁡(δFV)/log⁡(1/α)m+H-1>\log(\delta_{FV})/\log(1/\alpha)m+H−1>log(δFV​)/log(1/α), then under Assumption 1 every run of Algorithm 2 satisfies, for every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

∥Jμk−J∗∥∞≤αkH1−α+2αH∥Jμ0−J0∥∞1−α kmax⁡(αH,β)k−1+2αHτ1−β+εLA(1−αH)(1−α).\|J^{\mu_k}-J^*\|_\infty\le\frac{\alpha^{kH}}{1-\alpha}+\frac{2\alpha^H\|J^{\mu_0}-J_0\|_\infty}{1-\alpha}\,k\max(\alpha^H,\beta)^{k-1}+\frac{2\alpha^H\frac{\tau}{1-\beta}+\varepsilon_{LA}}{(1-\alpha^H)(1-\alpha)}.∥Jμk​−J∗∥∞​≤1−ααkH​+1−α2αH∥Jμ0​−J0​∥∞​​kmax(αH,β)k−1+(1−αH)(1−α)2αH1−βτ​+εLA​​.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. Section 2: the Bellman equations Jμ=TμJμJ^\mu=T_\mu J^\muJμ=Tμ​Jμ (unique solution) and J∗=TJ∗J^*=TJ^*J∗=TJ∗ (eq. (2)); the contraction ∥TJ−J∗∥∞≤α∥J−J∗∥∞\|TJ-J^*\|_\infty\le\alpha\|J-J^*\|_\infty∥TJ−J∗∥∞​≤α∥J−J∗∥∞​; shift and monotonicity of TTT, TμT_\muTμ​ (eqs. (3)–(4)).
  2. Section 3.1, eq. (6): the closed form Jk+1=Mk+1J^μk+1J_{k+1}=\mathcal M_{k+1}\hat J^{\mu_{k+1}}Jk+1​=Mk+1​J^μk+1​ of the least-squares step.
  3. Appendix A, eq. (15): one lookahead step with evaluation error δk\delta_kδk​,
∥Jμk+1−J∗∥∞≤αH∥Jμk−J∗∥∞+2αHδk+εLA1−α.\|J^{\mu_{k+1}}-J^*\|_\infty\le\alpha^H\|J^{\mu_k}-J^*\|_\infty+\frac{2\alpha^H\delta_k+\varepsilon_{LA}}{1-\alpha}.∥Jμk+1​−J∗∥∞​≤αH∥Jμk​−J∗∥∞​+1−α2αHδk​+εLA​​.
  1. Proposition 1 (p. 13): the bound for Algorithm 3, an abstract scheme whose evaluation error at step kkk is at most δk\delta_kδk​, in three displays: the general bound, the bound under δk≤βkδ0+μ\delta_k\le\beta^k\delta_0+\muδk​≤βkδ0​+μ, and its limsup.
  2. Appendix B, eq. (19): for Algorithm 2, δk=∥Jk−Jμk∥∞\delta_k=\|J_k-J^{\mu_k}\|_\inftyδk​=∥Jk​−Jμk​∥∞​ satisfies δk≤βδk−1+τ\delta_k\le\beta\delta_{k-1}+\tauδk​≤βδk−1​+τ and, if β<1\beta<1β<1, δk≤βkδ0+τ/(1−β)\delta_k\le\beta^k\delta_0+\tau/(1-\beta)δk​≤βkδ0​+τ/(1−β).

Significance

Theorem 1 states a sufficient condition for convergence that does not depend on the size of the state space: lookahead plus rollout depth must exceed log⁡δFV/log⁡(1/α)\log\delta_{FV}/\log(1/\alpha)logδFV​/log(1/α), where δFV\delta_{FV}δFV​ depends only on the features and the evaluation sets. Paired with the divergence example of Section 3.2, it shows that lookahead is not merely a heuristic improvement but can be what makes approximate policy iteration with linear function approximation stable. Proposition 1 is a reusable interface: any policy-evaluation scheme whose errors satisfy a geometric-plus-floor bound inherits the same convergence guarantee; the paper's gradient-descent variant is obtained this way.

The result is proved on paper; it has not been machine-checked. The Prove2Me platform has the finite-MDP layer used here (transition kernels, policy values as discounted series, the Bellman optimality operator), exact modified policy iteration, and a one-step bound for greedy approximate policy iteration with QQQ-functions (H=1H=1H=1, no lookahead error). It has no lookahead bound, no least-squares value-function fit, and no finite-time bound for approximate policy iteration with function approximation. A complete development would add the Bellman equations for deterministic policies, the lookahead step (15), the least-squares projection identity, and the error recursion, all of which are reusable for other analyses of approximate dynamic programming.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at the evaluation step. Classical analyses treat ∥Jk−Jμk∥∞≤δ\|J_k-J^{\mu_k}\|_\infty\le\delta∥Jk​−Jμk​∥∞​≤δ as given; here the error is produced by the algorithm and fed back: the fitted JkJ_kJk​ is the input of the next lookahead, and the least-squares operator can amplify sup-norm errors by a factor δFV\delta_{FV}δFV​, which is at least 111 whenever d≥1d\ge1d≥1. The error recursion therefore contracts only when αm+H−1δFV<1\alpha^{m+H-1}\delta_{FV}<1αm+H−1δFV​<1. A second point is the lookahead step (15), which must hold for an arbitrary previous policy and an inexact lookahead, and rests on the increase of TnJμT^nJ^\muTnJμ in nnn rather than on contraction alone. Finally, combining the geometric decay of the evaluation errors with the αH\alpha^HαH-contraction of (15) requires a convolution estimate that yields the factor kmax⁡(αH,β)k−1k\max(\alpha^H,\beta)^{k-1}kmax(αH,β)k−1.

Formalization scope

States and actions are finite nonempty types; the transition kernel is the published IsTransitionKernel, JμJ^\muJμ is the published PolicyValue (a discounted series of expected rewards, not a fixed point of TμT_\muTμ​) of the point-mass policy at μ\muμ, TTT is the published BellmanOperator, and J∗J^*J∗ is the maximum of JμJ^\muJμ over the finitely many deterministic policies. Rewards enter only through their means r(s,a)∈[0,1]r(s,a)\in[0,1]r(s,a)∈[0,1]. Vectors are functions S→R\mathcal S\to\mathbb RS→R with the sup norm; matrix norms are Mathlib's ℓ∞\ell^\inftyℓ∞ operator norm (maximum absolute row sum). The rank condition of Assumption 1 is det⁡(ΦDk⊤ΦDk)≠0\det(\Phi_{\mathcal D_k}^\top\Phi_{\mathcal D_k})\ne0det(ΦDk​⊤​ΦDk​​)=0 for every kkk; Lean's matrix inverse is zero on singular matrices, so no statement relies on it without this hypothesis.

Conventions fixed where the page is loose: Algorithms 2 and 3 are predicates on whole runs, quantified over every admissible lookahead policy, noise and minimiser. μ0\mu_0μ0​, which Algorithm 2 never produces, is free, so every bound holds for every deterministic μ0\mu_0μ0​. Mk\mathcal M_kMk​ is the operator of Dk\mathcal D_kDk​ (eq. (6) calls it Mk+1\mathcal M_{k+1}Mk+1​; the suprema agree). δapp\delta_{app}δapp​ is the supremum over all kkk and all deterministic policies. Algorithm 3 is stated with ∥Jk−Jμk∥∞≤δk\|J_k-J^{\mu_k}\|_\infty\le\delta_k∥Jk​−Jμk​∥∞​≤δk​, the index of (15) and Appendix B, and without the representation Jk=ΦθkJ_k=\Phi\theta_kJk​=Φθk​, which Proposition 1 does not use. Proposition 1's first display divides by 1−αH−11-\alpha^{H-1}1−αH−1 and is stated for H≥2H\ge2H≥2; the other results take H≥1H\ge1H≥1. The noise bound ∥wk∥∞≤εPE\|w_k\|_\infty\le\varepsilon_{PE}∥wk​∥∞​≤εPE​ is imposed on the whole vector instead of setting wk(i)=0w_k(i)=0wk​(i)=0 off Dk\mathcal D_kDk​; off Dk\mathcal D_kDk​ it constrains only entries the run never reads. The limsup is stated as "for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, eventually ≤\le≤ bound +ε+\varepsilon+ε". The hypothesis of Theorem 1 is kept with the real logarithm as printed; for δFV>0\delta_{FV}>0δFV​>0 it is equivalent to β<1\beta<1β<1, and when δFV=0\delta_{FV}=0δFV​=0 (possible only if d=0d=0d=0) it reads m+H−1>0m+H-1>0m+H−1>0.

A formalization that fixes the lookahead policy to an exact argmax, the noise to zero, or μ0\mu_0μ0​ to a convenient policy proves a special case and is ruled out; so is defining JμJ^\muJμ or J∗J^*J∗ as a fixed point, which would make eq. (2) definitional.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the Section 2 milestones from the series definition of JμJ^\muJμ, the least-squares identity (6), the lookahead step (15), and the recursions of Proposition 1 and Appendix B. Theorem 2 of the paper (gradient-descent fitting) is not part of this mission: its Assumption 2 places no lower bound on the step size, and the statement fails for negative step sizes.

Selected references

  • A. Winnicki, J. Lubars, M. Livesay, R. Srikant, The Role of Lookahead and Approximate Policy Evaluation in Reinforcement Learning with Linear Value Function Approximation, Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:2109.13419v7. https://arxiv.org/abs/2109.13419
  • Y. Efroni, G. Dalal, B. Scherrer, S. Mannor, How to Combine Tree-Search Methods in Reinforcement Learning, AAAI, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.01843
  • D. P. Bertsekas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Neuro-Dynamic Programming, Athena Scientific, 1996.
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Reinforcement Learning and Optimal Control, Athena Scientific, 2019.
  • M. G. Lagoudakis, R. Parr, Least-Squares Policy Iteration, Journal of Machine Learning Research 4, 2003. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v4/lagoudakis03a.html
16 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Continuous-Time Joint Replenishment Problem: ϵ-Optimal Policies via Pairwise Alignment: Ψ-Pairwise Alignment Yields a Replenishment Policy Within Factor 1 + 5ϵ of Any PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

The joint replenishment problem is a basic model of coordinated inventory control. A firm stocks nnn commodities, each of which follows its own Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) model, but every order also incurs a joint ordering cost K0K_0K0​, regardless of which commodities it contains. Ordering commodities together therefore saves money, and the question is how to synchronize their replenishment cycles.

Since the mid-1980s the best known guarantee for the continuous-time problem came from power-of-2 policies (Roundy 1985, 1986; Jackson, Maxwell and Muckstadt 1985; Muckstadt and Roundy 1987). Their cost is within 9/8≈1.06\sqrt{9/8}\approx1.069/8​≈1.06 of optimal for a fixed base period, and within 1/(2ln⁡2)≈1.021/(\sqrt2\ln2)\approx1.021/(2​ln2)≈1.02 when the base is optimized. On the hardness side, Schulz and Telha (2022) and Tuisov and Yedidsion (2020) showed the problem to be intractable; the latter proved it strongly NP-hard, which rules out a fully polynomial-time approximation scheme.

Segev (arXiv:2302.09941, published in Management Science, 2025) gave the first improvement over power-of-2 policies. For every ϵ∈(0,12)\epsilon\in(0,\tfrac12)ϵ∈(0,21​) the problem can be approximated within 1+ϵ1+\epsilon1+ϵ of optimal in time O(2O~(1/ϵ3)⋅nO(1))O(2^{\tilde O(1/\epsilon^3)}\cdot n^{O(1)})O(2O~(1/ϵ3)⋅nO(1)). This mission formalizes the approximation guarantee behind that theorem. The source is the arXiv v1 preprint, and all theorem numbers refer to it.

Setting

Commodity i∈[n]i\in[n]i∈[n] has ordering cost Ki>0K_i>0Ki​>0 and holding cost Hi>0H_i>0Hi​>0. Ordering it every Ti>0T_i>0Ti​>0 time units costs per unit time

Ci(Ti)=KiTi+HiTi.C_i(T_i)=\frac{K_i}{T_i}+H_iT_i .Ci​(Ti​)=Ti​Ki​​+Hi​Ti​.

A policy is a vector T=(T1,…,Tn)T=(T_1,\dots,T_n)T=(T1​,…,Tn​) of positive intervals. For t>0t>0t>0 and Δ≥0\Delta\ge0Δ≥0, let Mt,Δ={0,t,2t,…,⌊Δ/t⌋t}\mathcal M_{t,\Delta}=\{0,t,2t,\dots,\lfloor\Delta/t\rfloor t\}Mt,Δ​={0,t,2t,…,⌊Δ/t⌋t} be the multiples of ttt in [0,Δ][0,\Delta][0,Δ]. A policy places

N(T,Δ)=∣⋃i∈[n]MTi,Δ∣N(T,\Delta)=\Big|\bigcup_{i\in[n]}\mathcal M_{T_i,\Delta}\Big|N(T,Δ)=​i∈[n]⋃​MTi​,Δ​​

joint orders in [0,Δ][0,\Delta][0,Δ]. Its joint ordering cost and total cost are

J(T)=K0⋅lim⁡Δ→∞N(T,Δ)Δ,F(T)=J(T)+∑i∈[n]Ci(Ti).J(T)=K_0\cdot\lim_{\Delta\to\infty}\frac{N(T,\Delta)}{\Delta},\qquad F(T)=J(T)+\sum_{i\in[n]}C_i(T_i).J(T)=K0​⋅Δ→∞lim​ΔN(T,Δ)​,F(T)=J(T)+i∈[n]∑​Ci​(Ti​).

For N⊆[n]\mathcal N\subseteq[n]N⊆[n], MNM_{\mathcal N}MN​ is the least common multiple of {Ti}i∈N\{T_i\}_{i\in\mathcal N}{Ti​}i∈N​, and MN=∞M_{\mathcal N}=\inftyMN​=∞ when the intervals have no common multiple.

The algorithm works against a reference policy T∗T^*T∗ with Tmin⁡∗=min⁡iTi∗T^*_{\min}=\min_iT^*_iTmin∗​=mini​Ti∗​ and an estimate F(T∗)≤OPT~≤2F(T∗)F(T^*)\le\widetilde{\mathrm{OPT}}\le2F(T^*)F(T∗)≤OPT≤2F(T∗).

  • Easy regime. When Tmin⁡∗≥nϵ⋅K0OPT~T^*_{\min}\ge\frac n\epsilon\cdot\frac{K_0}{\widetilde{\mathrm{OPT}}}Tmin∗​≥ϵn​⋅OPTK0​​, it uses the easy policy T^i=(K0+Ki)/Hi\hat T_i=\sqrt{(K_0+K_i)/H_i}T^i​=(K0​+Ki​)/Hi​​.
  • Difficult regime. Otherwise it guesses T~min⁡\tilde T_{\min}T~min​ with (1−ϵ/2)Tmin⁡∗≤T~min⁡≤Tmin⁡∗(1-\epsilon/2)T^*_{\min}\le\tilde T_{\min}\le T^*_{\min}(1−ϵ/2)Tmin∗​≤T~min​≤Tmin∗​ (2). It cuts [T~min⁡,T~min⁡/ϵ][\tilde T_{\min},\tilde T_{\min}/\epsilon][T~min​,T~min​/ϵ] into segments Sℓ=[(1+ϵ)ℓ−1T~min⁡,(1+ϵ)ℓT~min⁡)S_\ell=[(1+\epsilon)^{\ell-1}\tilde T_{\min},(1+\epsilon)^\ell\tilde T_{\min})Sℓ​=[(1+ϵ)ℓ−1T~min​,(1+ϵ)ℓT~min​), ℓ=1,…,L\ell=1,\dots,Lℓ=1,…,L. It keeps the active segments A∗\mathcal A^*A∗, those containing some Ti∗T^*_iTi∗​, and picks one representative Rℓ∗R^*_\ellRℓ∗​ among the Ti∗T^*_iTi∗​ in each.

Two representatives are Ψ\PsiΨ-aligned when aRℓ1∗=bRℓ2∗aR^*_{\ell_1}=bR^*_{\ell_2}aRℓ1​∗​=bRℓ2​∗​ for positive integers a,b≤Ψ=2L22L/ϵa,b\le\Psi=2L^2 2^L/\epsilona,b≤Ψ=2L22L/ϵ. The alignment graph GΨ∗G^*_\PsiGΨ∗​ joins Ψ\PsiΨ-aligned active segments. The linear system (LP) asks for Rℓ∈SˉℓR_\ell\in\bar S_\ellRℓ​∈Sˉℓ​ satisfying the same alignment relations as R∗R^*R∗. A solution is misaligned across components when representatives in different components of GΨ∗G^*_\PsiGΨ∗​ are not Ψ\PsiΨ-aligned. The final policy gives commodity iii the CiC_iCi​-cheapest of the RℓR_\ellRℓ​ and of the single large interval ⌈max⁡{T~min⁡/ϵ,Ki/Hi}⌉(R1)\lceil\max\{\tilde T_{\min}/\epsilon,\sqrt{K_i/H_i}\}\rceil^{(R_1)}⌈max{T~min​/ϵ,Ki​/Hi​​}⌉(R1​), rounded up to a multiple of R1R_1R1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: the approximation half of Theorem 1.3

Fix n≥1n\ge1n≥1, K0,Ki,Hi>0K_0,K_i,H_i>0K0​,Ki​,Hi​>0, ϵ∈(0,12)\epsilon\in(0,\tfrac12)ϵ∈(0,21​), a policy T∗T^*T∗ with all Ti∗>0T^*_i>0Ti∗​>0, and OPT~\widetilde{\mathrm{OPT}}OPT with F(T∗)≤OPT~≤2F(T∗)F(T^*)\le\widetilde{\mathrm{OPT}}\le2F(T^*)F(T∗)≤OPT≤2F(T∗).

  • (a) In the easy regime,
F(T^)≤(1+2ϵ)F(T∗).F(\hat T)\le(1+2\epsilon)F(T^*).F(T^)≤(1+2ϵ)F(T∗).
  • (b) In the difficult regime, the grid of powers of 1+ϵ/21+\epsilon/21+ϵ/2 contains a guess satisfying (2). For every such guess and every choice of representatives, a feasible, cross-misaligned solution of (LP) exists, and every final policy T^\hat TT^ built from such a solution satisfies
F(T^)≤(1+5ϵ) F(T∗).F(\hat T)\le(1+5\epsilon)\,F(T^*).F(T^)≤(1+5ϵ)F(T∗).

Milestones

The goal's proof uses the following results, in this order:

  • Claim 1.1 (EOQ facts) and Lemma 1.2 (the density exists and equals ∑N(−1)∣N∣+1/MN\sum_{\mathcal N}(-1)^{|\mathcal N|+1}/M_{\mathcal N}∑N​(−1)∣N∣+1/MN​).
  • Lemma 2.1 (the easy regime) and Observations 2.2 and 2.3.
  • Lemma 2.4, Lemma 2.5 and Corollary 2.6 (the structure of (LP)).
  • Lemmas 3.2 and 3.3 and Claims 3.4 and 3.5 (crossing and uncrossing terms).
  • Lemma 3.1 and inequality (3) (density), and Lemma 3.6 (assignability).

Significance

The theorem gives the first approximation scheme for continuous-time joint replenishment. It settles the problem's approximability up to the form of the exponential dependence on ϵ\epsilonϵ, after nearly four decades in which power-of-2 policies were the best available. Its central device, synchronizing pairs of representatives through bounded integer multiples and controlling everything else by inclusion–exclusion over the alignment graph, is proposed in the paper as a template for other multi-item lot-sizing models.

The result is proved on paper, and no machine-checked version is known. A formalization adds three things.

  • Lemma 1.2. A verified proof that the joint ordering cost of every positive policy is well defined. The paper notes that this is not obvious from (1).
  • Bookkeeping. A check of the paper's constants and signs across a long inclusion–exclusion argument.
  • Generality. Making explicit that the guarantee holds against any positive reference policy, not only an optimal one, whose existence the paper never establishes.

Difficulty

The obvious argument runs as follows: round every Ti∗T^*_iTi∗​ to a nearby point of a small grid and charge joint orders to the grid. It fails because the cost of the joint orders depends on the least common multiples of the intervals, not on their sizes. Two nearby reals can have a small lcm, or none at all, and an arbitrarily small perturbation changes N(T,Δ)N(T,\Delta)N(T,Δ) by a constant factor. The proof must therefore keep the arithmetic relations among the representatives exactly where they matter: within components of GΨ∗G^*_\PsiGΨ∗​, through (LP). It must also show that relations across components contribute only lower-order terms. This requires two nested inclusion–exclusion expansions (Lemma 3.3 and Claim 3.5) whose error terms, of order ∣A∗∣22∣A∗∣|\mathcal A^*|^2 2^{|\mathcal A^*|}∣A∗∣22∣A∗∣, are absorbed by the choice of Ψ\PsiΨ.

Lemma 1.2 is a squeeze argument, but it rests on showing that the common multiples of finitely many positive reals form the set M⋅NM\cdot\mathbb NM⋅N.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in the namespace ContJRP.Align.

Representation.

  • The model is defined on Mathlib with no external dependency.
  • Commodities are Fin n with n≥1n\ge1n≥1.
  • N(⋅,Δ)N(\cdot,\Delta)N(⋅,Δ) counts a finite union of Finset ℝ, and 000 is a member of every Mt,Δ\mathcal M_{t,\Delta}Mt,Δ​.
  • The density is a limUnder.
  • 1/MN1/M_{\mathcal N}1/MN​ is 0 when no common multiple exists.
  • Segments are indexed from 000 in Lean, so the paper's SℓS_\ellSℓ​ and R1R_1R1​ are Lean's index ℓ−1\ell-1ℓ−1 and R 0.

Committed conventions.

  • K0,Ki,Hi>0K_0,K_i,H_i>0K0​,Ki​,Hi​>0 and ϵ∈(0,12)\epsilon\in(0,\tfrac12)ϵ∈(0,21​) everywhere.
  • LLL is the least natural number with (1+ϵ)L>1/ϵ(1+\epsilon)^L>1/\epsilon(1+ϵ)L>1/ϵ, which the page leaves as O(1ϵlog⁡1ϵ)O(\frac1\epsilon\log\frac1\epsilon)O(ϵ1​logϵ1​).
  • Every alignment multiple and the β±\beta^\pmβ± of Lemma 2.4 are positive integers.
  • Inclusion–exclusion sums range over nonempty index sets.
  • The reference policy T∗T^*T∗ is any positive policy whose cost the estimate brackets; it need not be optimal.
  • Lemmas in §2–§3 do not assume the difficult-regime inequality, which their proofs do not use.

What is left out. The running-time half of Theorem 1.3, the time bounds of Lemmas 2.4 and 2.5, and the final selection of the cheapest candidate (§3.3) are not formalized. The goal carries the constants the analysis proves, 1+2ϵ1+2\epsilon1+2ϵ and 1+5ϵ1+5\epsilon1+5ϵ, rather than the rescaled 1+ϵ1+\epsilon1+ϵ.

Trivializing formalizations ruled out.

  • (LP) cannot be empty, because the goal asserts that a feasible, cross-misaligned solution exists.
  • limUnder cannot return a junk value, because Lemma 1.2 and (3) are stated as Tendsto limits.
  • The final policy is not a free parameter: each T^i\hat T_iT^i​ must be one of its options and CiC_iCi​-minimal among them.
  • Misalignment quantifies over positive multiples only, so it is satisfiable.

Infrastructure and contributions. A complete development needs three pieces:

  • the lattice of common multiples of positive reals, and the floor-count ∣⋂iMTi,Δ∣=⌊Δ/M⌋+1|\bigcap_{i}\mathcal M_{T_i,\Delta}|=\lfloor\Delta/M\rfloor+1∣⋂i​MTi​,Δ​∣=⌊Δ/M⌋+1;
  • inclusion–exclusion for finite unions (Finset.inclusion_exclusion_card_biUnion in Mathlib);
  • elementary calculus for the EOQ cost.

The density results (Lemma 1.2) are reusable for any periodic-scheduling model. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative statements of the selection step.

Selected references

  • D. Segev, The Continuous-Time Joint Replenishment Problem: ϵ-Optimal Policies via Pairwise Alignment, arXiv:2302.09941v1, 2023; Management Science, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2302.09941
  • R. Roundy, 98%-effective integer-ratio lot-sizing for one-warehouse multi-retailer systems, Management Science 31(11), 1985. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.31.11.1416
  • P. Jackson, W. Maxwell, J. Muckstadt, The joint replenishment problem with a powers-of-two restriction, IIE Transactions 17(1), 1985. https://doi.org/10.1080/07408178508975270
  • C.-P. Teo, D. Bertsimas, Multistage lot sizing problems via randomized rounding, Operations Research 49(4), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.49.4.599.11225
  • A. S. Schulz, C. Telha, Integer factorization: Why two-item joint replenishment is hard, Operations Research, 2022 (forthcoming at the time of the preprint).
  • A. Tuisov, L. Yedidsion, The continuous joint replenishment problem is strongly NP-hard, arXiv:2006.05310, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2006.05310
19 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine LearningProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Corruption-Robust Exploration in Episodic Reinforcement Learning II: Uniformly Action-Eliminating Algorithms Suffer Expected Regret at Least K/8 for K ≤ A^H/4Research Paper

Why action elimination is the question

In stochastic multi-armed bandits, a robust way to explore is action elimination: keep confidence intervals for every arm, discard an arm once its upper confidence bound falls below another arm's lower confidence bound, and sample uniformly among the arms that survive. Uniform sampling is what makes the first corruption-robust bandit algorithm work (Lykouris, Mirrokni & Paes Leme, STOC 2018): an adversary that corrupts a few rounds cannot steer a learner whose choice among surviving arms is random.

Lykouris, Simchowitz, Slivkins and Sun (arXiv:1911.08689v4, Mathematics of Operations Research) extend corruption-robust exploration to episodic reinforcement learning. Their algorithm also maintains active sets of actions, but it does not play uniformly among them; it follows an optimistic (UCB) policy restricted to the active sets. Section 7 of the paper explains why: Theorem 7.1 shows that the bandit recipe, transplanted verbatim to episodic MDPs, suffers linear regret for exponentially many episodes, even when every confidence statement it makes is correct. This mission formalizes that lower bound.

Setting

An episodic environment E=(X,A,H)\mathscr E=(\mathcal X,\mathcal A,H)E=(X,A,H) has a finite state set X\mathcal XX, a finite action set A\mathcal AA with ∣A∣=A|\mathcal A|=A∣A∣=A, and a horizon HHH. A stochastic problem instance M=(p0,p,Drew)\mathcal M=(p_0,p,\mathcal D_{\mathrm{rew}})M=(p0​,p,Drew​) on it fixes an initial state law p0p_0p0​, a transition kernel p(⋅∣x,a)p(\cdot\mid x,a)p(⋅∣x,a) (the same at every stage), and reward laws Drew(x,a)\mathcal D_{\mathrm{rew}}(x,a)Drew​(x,a) on [0,1][0,1][0,1] with means r⋆(x,a)r^\star(x,a)r⋆(x,a). The optimal Q-function and value are defined backwards from VH+1⋆≡0V^\star_{H+1}\equiv0VH+1⋆​≡0 by Qh⋆(x,a)=r⋆(x,a)+∑x′p(x′∣x,a)Vh+1⋆(x′)Q^\star_h(x,a)=r^\star(x,a)+\sum_{x'}p(x'\mid x,a)V^\star_{h+1}(x')Qh⋆​(x,a)=r⋆(x,a)+∑x′​p(x′∣x,a)Vh+1⋆​(x′) and Vh⋆(x)=max⁡aQh⋆(x,a)V^\star_h(x)=\max_aQ^\star_h(x,a)Vh⋆​(x)=maxa​Qh⋆​(x,a); the optimal actions are πh⋆(x)={a:Qh⋆(x,a)=Vh⋆(x)}\pi^\star_h(x)=\{a:Q^\star_h(x,a)=V^\star_h(x)\}πh⋆​(x)={a:Qh⋆​(x,a)=Vh⋆​(x)}, and V⋆=∑xp0(x)V1⋆(x)V^\star=\sum_xp_0(x)V^\star_1(x)V⋆=∑x​p0​(x)V1⋆​(x).

A Q-supervisor T=(Qˉ,Q‾,A,πucb)\mathcal T=(\bar Q,\underline Q,\mathscr A,\pi^{\mathrm{ucb}})T=(Qˉ​,Q​,A,πucb) holds estimates Qˉh(x,a),Q‾h(x,a)∈[0,H]\bar Q_h(x,a),\underline Q_h(x,a)\in[0,H]Qˉ​h​(x,a),Q​h​(x,a)∈[0,H], active sets Ah(x)⊆A\mathscr A_h(x)\subseteq\mathcal AAh​(x)⊆A, and a policy πucb\pi^{\mathrm{ucb}}πucb greedy for Qˉ\bar QQˉ​. It is confidence-admissible for M\mathcal MM (Definition 4.1) if πh⋆(x)⊆Ah(x)\pi^\star_h(x)\subseteq\mathscr A_h(x)πh⋆​(x)⊆Ah​(x) and Q‾h≤Qh⋆≤Qˉh\underline Q_h\le Q^\star_h\le\bar Q_hQ​h​≤Qh⋆​≤Qˉ​h​ everywhere. Its plausible sets are

Ahplaus(x)={a∈Ah(x): Qˉh(x,a)≥Q‾h(x,a′)  ∀a′∈Ah(x)}.\mathscr A^{\mathrm{plaus}}_h(x)=\{a\in\mathscr A_h(x):\ \bar Q_h(x,a)\ge\underline Q_h(x,a')\ \ \forall a'\in\mathscr A_h(x)\}.Ahplaus​(x)={a∈Ah​(x): Qˉ​h​(x,a)≥Q​h​(x,a′)  ∀a′∈Ah​(x)}.

An algorithm is uniformly action-eliminating if before each episode kkk it outputs a Q-supervisor Tk\mathcal T_kTk​, possibly at random and depending on everything observed so far, and at each stage hhh plays ak;ha_{k;h}ak;h​ uniformly at random from Ak;hplaus(xk;h)\mathscr A^{\mathrm{plaus}}_{k;h}(x_{k;h})Ak;hplaus​(xk;h​), independently across stages. It is uniformly admissible for E\mathscr EE if for every instance on E\mathscr EE its Q-supervisors are confidence-admissible with probability at least 12\tfrac1221​. The regret over KKK episodes is RegretKM=∑k=1K(V⋆−VM,πk)\mathrm{Regret}^{\mathcal M}_K=\sum_{k=1}^K\bigl(V^\star-V^{\mathcal M,\pi_k}\bigr)RegretKM​=∑k=1K​(V⋆−VM,πk​), with πk\pi_kπk​ the uniformly-at-random policy of episode kkk.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1

For every H≥1H\ge1H≥1 and A≥2A\ge2A≥2 there is an instance M\mathcal MM on an environment with ∣X∣=H+1|\mathcal X|=H+1∣X∣=H+1 and ∣A∣=A|\mathcal A|=A∣A∣=A such that every uniformly action-eliminating, uniformly admissible algorithm satisfies

K≤AH4⟹EM[RegretKM]≥K8.K\le\frac{A^H}{4}\quad\Longrightarrow\quad\mathbb E^{\mathcal M}\bigl[\mathrm{Regret}^{\mathcal M}_K\bigr]\ge\frac K8 .K≤4AH​⟹EM[RegretKM​]≥8K​.

Milestones (Appendix A)

The witness is the combination lock M\mathcal MM: states x(0),…,x(H)x^{(0)},\dots,x^{(H)}x(0),…,x(H), action 111 advances x(h)→x(h+1)x^{(h)}\to x^{(h+1)}x(h)→x(h+1), any other action falls into the sink x(0)x^{(0)}x(0), and the only reward is 111 for action 111 at x(H)x^{(H)}x(H). Its twin M0\mathcal M_0M0​ has the same transitions and zero rewards. The milestones are the steps of the paper's proof:

  1. (A.1) M\mathcal MM and M0\mathcal M_0M0​ induce the same law on histories in which (1,…,1)(1,\dots,1)(1,…,1) was never played.
  2. (A.2) If no action is eliminated, the combination is played with probability A−HA^{-H}A−H.
  3. Observation 2 If no action is eliminated, V⋆−VM,πk=1−A−HV^\star-V^{\mathcal M,\pi_k}=1-A^{-H}V⋆−VM,πk​=1−A−H.
  4. Observation 3 Admissibility for M0\mathcal M_0M0​ forces no elimination.
  5. Union bound PM0[⋂k(Ekcombi)c∩⋂kEkadm]≥PM0[⋂kEkadm]−∑kPM0[Ekcombi∩Ekadm]\mathbb P^{\mathcal M_0}[\bigcap_k(\mathcal E^{\mathrm{combi}}_k)^c\cap\bigcap_k\mathcal E^{\mathrm{adm}}_k]\ge\mathbb P^{\mathcal M_0}[\bigcap_k\mathcal E^{\mathrm{adm}}_k]-\sum_k\mathbb P^{\mathcal M_0}[\mathcal E^{\mathrm{combi}}_k\cap\mathcal E^{\mathrm{adm}}_k]PM0​[⋂k​(Ekcombi​)c∩⋂k​Ekadm​]≥PM0​[⋂k​Ekadm​]−∑k​PM0​[Ekcombi​∩Ekadm​].
  6. Chain (i)–(iii) EM[RegretKM]≥(1−A−H)K PM0[⋂k(Ekcombi)c∩⋂kEkadm]\mathbb E^{\mathcal M}[\mathrm{Regret}^{\mathcal M}_K]\ge(1-A^{-H})K\,\mathbb P^{\mathcal M_0}[\bigcap_k(\mathcal E^{\mathrm{combi}}_k)^c\cap\bigcap_k\mathcal E^{\mathrm{adm}}_k]EM[RegretKM​]≥(1−A−H)KPM0​[⋂k​(Ekcombi​)c∩⋂k​Ekadm​].

Significance

The theorem separates two exploration principles that coincide in bandits. For KKK episodes of uniform elimination the regret is Ω(K)\Omega(K)Ω(K) until KKK is of order AHA^HAH, while optimistic exploration over the same confidence sets attains regret polynomial in HHH, ∣X∣|\mathcal X|∣X∣, ∣A∣|\mathcal A|∣A∣ and K\sqrt KK​ (Azar, Osband & Munos, ICML 2017). It is the reason the paper's SuperVIsed.C algorithm combines active sets with a UCB policy rather than sampling uniformly, and it applies to any uniformly admissible construction of the confidence bounds, so better estimators do not escape it.

The result is proved in the paper (Appendix A); it is not formalized anywhere. A machine-checked version adds a precise account of what "algorithm" means here (a learner that may use all past observations and internal randomness), of the probability space of a whole run, and of the change-of-instance argument (A.1), which is the template for many reinforcement-learning lower bounds.

Difficulty

The arithmetic of the final step is elementary. The work is in the probability space: the run of an adaptive learner over KKK episodes is a sequential composition of the learner's choice of supervisor, the episode's states, actions and rewards, and the learner's update. Equation (A.1) needs a likelihood argument on this composed law: on histories that never play (1,…,1)(1,\dots,1)(1,…,1), every factor of the two run laws agrees, because the two instances differ only at a state–action pair such histories never visit. Equation (A.2) needs that, conditionally on the supervisor of episode kkk, the episode's actions are independent and uniform. Neither can be read off the per-episode description; both require induction over episodes on the run law.

A tempting shortcut is to apply admissibility one episode at a time. It does not suffice: the proof needs the joint event ⋂k≤KEkadm\bigcap_{k\le K}\mathcal E^{\mathrm{adm}}_k⋂k≤K​Ekadm​ to have probability at least 12\tfrac1221​ (see the scope section).

Formalization scope

  • Representation. States are Fin (H+1), actions Fin A; the paper's action 111 is 0, the sink is state 0. Stages and episodes are 0-based. Transitions, initial laws, rewards, supervisor laws and action laws are PMFs. The value V⋆V^\starV⋆ is the backward recursion on p. 8, written on the number of remaining stages since the kernel is stage-independent.
  • The algorithm. A learner is a map from the observed history (past Q-supervisors and episodes with their states, actions and rewards, oldest first) to a discrete law of the next Q-supervisor. It sees nothing of the instance beyond these observations. If a plausible set is empty, the action is drawn uniformly from A\mathcal AA; this only enlarges the class of algorithms.
  • Uniform admissibility (pinned). §7 says each Q-supervisor is admissible "with probability at least 1/2"; the proof uses P[⋂k=1KEkadm]≥12\mathbb P[\bigcap_{k=1}^K\mathcal E^{\mathrm{adm}}_k]\ge\tfrac12P[⋂k=1K​Ekadm​]≥21​ ("By assumption", p. 39). The formalization uses the joint event, for every instance on the environment, over the same KKK episodes as the regret.
  • Unstated parts of the construction (pinned). Both instances start at x(1)x^{(1)}x(1); actions at x(H)x^{(H)}x(H) lead to the sink. The page states neither. The start is what makes the combination have probability A−HA^{-H}A−H; the second choice is never used because x(H)x^{(H)}x(H) is reached only at the last stage.
  • Reward laws of the instances quantified in the hypothesis are discrete; this weakens the hypothesis and strengthens the theorem.
  • Not trivial. The hypothesis is satisfiable: the learner that always outputs Qˉ≡H\bar Q\equiv HQˉ​≡H, Q‾≡0\underline Q\equiv0Q​≡0, A≡A\mathscr A\equiv\mathcal AA≡A is uniformly admissible for every KKK. A statement in which the instance is fixed in the admissibility hypothesis, or in which admissibility is relative to M\mathcal MM rather than to every instance, would be a different theorem.
  • Not posed. The paper's headline upper bounds (Theorems 2.1, 2.2) are stated with ≲\lesssim≲ and belong to a separate mission of this series.

Welcome contributions: lemmas on the run law of an adaptive learner (marginals of the kkk-th supervisor, conditional independence of episode kkk given its supervisor), which are reusable for other episodic lower bounds.

Selected references

  • T. Lykouris, M. Simchowitz, A. Slivkins, W. Sun, Corruption-robust exploration in episodic reinforcement learning, Mathematics of Operations Research; arXiv:1911.08689v4, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1911.08689
  • T. Lykouris, V. Mirrokni, R. Paes Leme, Stochastic bandits robust to adversarial corruptions, STOC 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.09353
  • M. G. Azar, I. Osband, R. Munos, Minimax regret bounds for reinforcement learning, ICML 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.05449
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine LearningReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Corruption-Robust Exploration in Episodic Reinforcement Learning I: Regret of SuperVIsed.C Is Bounded by the Bonus Sums of Its Critically Tolerant and Robust Base LearnersResearch Paper

Motivation

Reinforcement-learning algorithms with regret guarantees, such as UCBVI (Azar, Osband & Munos 2017), assume that every episode is generated by the same Markov decision process. In practice a fraction of episodes can be generated by something else: fraudulent users of a recommender, sensor faults, a strategic participant. Corruption-robust learning asks for regret that degrades gracefully with the number CCC of corrupted episodes, without knowing CCC in advance.

Timeline. For stochastic multi-armed bandits, Lykouris, Mirrokni & Paes Leme (STOC 2018) introduced the corruption model and a multi-layer active arm elimination algorithm whose regret grows linearly in CCC; Gupta, Koren & Talwar (COLT 2019) improved the dependence to additive. For episodic reinforcement learning, Lykouris, Simchowitz, Slivkins & Sun (abstract at COLT 2021; Mathematics of Operations Research 2025) gave SuperVIsed.C, the first algorithm with sublinear regret under any deviation from i.i.d. episodes in this setting: in tabular MDPs with TTT steps its regret is of order C H3SATC\,H^3\sqrt{SAT}CH3SAT​ up to logarithmic factors and lower-order terms (their Theorem 2.1), with an analogous bound for linear MDPs, without knowing CCC. Their analysis isolates a deterministic regret guarantee, Theorem 4.1, from which the headline bounds follow by concentration.

Setting

An episodic tabular MDP has a finite state set X\mathcal XX, a finite nonempty action set A\mathcal AA and a horizon H≥1H\ge1H≥1. The nominal MDP consists of an initial distribution p0⋆p^\star_0p0⋆​, stage-independent transition probabilities p⋆(x′∣x,a)p^\star(x'\mid x,a)p⋆(x′∣x,a) and mean rewards r⋆(x,a)∈[0,1]r^\star(x,a)\in[0,1]r⋆(x,a)∈[0,1]. With VH+1⋆≡0V^\star_{H+1}\equiv0VH+1⋆​≡0, the optimal values are Qh⋆(x,a)=r⋆(x,a)+p⋆(x,a)⊤Vh+1⋆Q^\star_h(x,a)=r^\star(x,a)+p^\star(x,a)^\top V^\star_{h+1}Qh⋆​(x,a)=r⋆(x,a)+p⋆(x,a)⊤Vh+1⋆​ and Vh⋆(x)=max⁡aQh⋆(x,a)V^\star_h(x)=\max_aQ^\star_h(x,a)Vh⋆​(x)=maxa​Qh⋆​(x,a), and V⋆=Ex1∼p0⋆[V1⋆(x1)]V^\star=E_{x_1\sim p^\star_0}[V^\star_1(x_1)]V⋆=Ex1​∼p0⋆​​[V1⋆​(x1​)]. A randomized Markovian policy π\piπ is a probability distribution over finitely many deterministic Markov policies, and VπV^\piVπ is its expected total reward.

A Q-supervisor T=(Qˉ,Q‾,A,πucb)\mathcal T=(\bar Q,\underline Q,\mathcal A,\pi^{\mathrm{ucb}})T=(Qˉ​,Q​,A,πucb) holds upper and lower estimates of Q⋆Q^\starQ⋆, active sets Ah(x)\mathcal A_h(x)Ah​(x) of actions, and a UCB policy maximizing Qˉ\bar QQˉ​ over the active set. It is confidence-admissible if Q‾≤Q⋆≤Qˉ\underline Q\le Q^\star\le\bar QQ​≤Q⋆≤Qˉ​ and every optimal action is active. A policy is Q-supervised if it plays only plausible actions, those a∈Ah(x)a\in\mathcal A_h(x)a∈Ah​(x) with Qˉh(x,a)≥Q‾h(x,a′)\bar Q_h(x,a)\ge\underline Q_h(x,a')Qˉ​h​(x,a)≥Q​h​(x,a′) for all active a′a'a′. The Bellman errors are Bell‾h=Qˉh−(r⋆+p⋆⊤Vˉh+1)\overline{\mathbf{Bell}}_h=\bar Q_h-(r^\star+p^{\star\top}\bar V_{h+1})Bellh​=Qˉ​h​−(r⋆+p⋆⊤Vˉh+1​) and Bell‾h=Q‾h−(r⋆+p⋆⊤V‾h+1)\underline{\mathbf{Bell}}_h=\underline Q_h-(r^\star+p^{\star\top}\underline V_{h+1})Bell​h​=Q​h​−(r⋆+p⋆⊤V​h+1​). A policy has UCB visitation ratio at most ρ\rhoρ if switching to πucb\pi^{\mathrm{ucb}}πucb at any stage hhh multiplies the probability of any later state-action pair by at most ρ\rhoρ. A model-estimate (r^,p^,b)(\hat r,\hat p,b)(r^,p^​,b) is valid if the bonus bbb bounds ∣r^−r⋆+(p^−p⋆)⊤Vh+1⋆∣|\hat r-r^\star+(\hat p-p^\star)^\top V^\star_{h+1}|∣r^−r⋆+(p^​−p⋆)⊤Vh+1⋆​∣.

SuperVIsed.C runs ℓmax⁡\ell_{\max}ℓmax​ base learners. Learner ℓ\ellℓ runs a two-estimate value iteration, UCBVI-BASE, with a global model-estimate (all data, bonus inflated by 2ℓ2^\ell2ℓ) and a subsampled one, inside the active sets handed down by learner ℓ+1\ell+1ℓ+1; it returns its base policy πℓbase\pi^{\mathrm{base}}_\ellπℓbase​ and the active sets for learner ℓ−1\ell-1ℓ−1. In each episode a nondecreasing random layer schedule (ℓ1,…,ℓH)(\ell_1,\dots,\ell_H)(ℓ1​,…,ℓH​) decides whose base policy is played at each stage; the master policy πmaster\pi^{\mathrm{master}}πmaster is the resulting mixture, and πℓmaster\pi^{\mathrm{master}}_\ellπℓmaster​, π≤ℓmaster\pi^{\mathrm{master}}_{\le\ell}π≤ℓmaster​ are its conditionings on the final layer, with probabilities qℓq_\ellqℓ​, q≤ℓq_{\le\ell}q≤ℓ​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

With ℓ⋆=min⁡{ℓ≥1:2ℓ≥C}\ell_\star=\min\{\ell\ge1:2^\ell\ge C\}ℓ⋆​=min{ℓ≥1:2ℓ≥C} and expected bonus sums Δk,ℓ\Delta_{k,\ell}Δk,ℓ​ (subsampled, along πk,ℓmaster\pi^{\mathrm{master}}_{k,\ell}πk,ℓmaster​) and Δk,≤ℓ⋆\Delta_{k,\le\ell_\star}Δk,≤ℓ⋆​​ (global, along πk,≤ℓ⋆master\pi^{\mathrm{master}}_{k,\le\ell_\star}πk,≤ℓ⋆​master​): if the global and subsampled model-estimates of every learner ℓ≥ℓ⋆\ell\ge\ell_\starℓ≥ℓ⋆​ are valid in every episode, then

CH+∑k=1K(V⋆−Vπkmaster)≤CH+8eH2∑ℓ>ℓ⋆ℓ qℓ∑kΔk,ℓ+8eCH2log⁡2(2C) q≤ℓ⋆∑kΔk,≤ℓ⋆.CH+\sum_{k=1}^K\big(V^\star-V^{\pi^{\mathrm{master}}_k}\big)\le CH+8eH^2\sum_{\ell>\ell_\star}\ell\,q_\ell\sum_k\Delta_{k,\ell}+8eCH^2\log_2(2C)\,q_{\le\ell_\star}\sum_k\Delta_{k,\le\ell_\star}.CH+k=1∑K​(V⋆−Vπkmaster​)≤CH+8eH2ℓ>ℓ⋆​∑​ℓqℓ​k∑​Δk,ℓ​+8eCH2log2​(2C)q≤ℓ⋆​​k∑​Δk,≤ℓ⋆​​.

The left side is the paper's upper bound (2.2) on the regret. The statement leaves the estimates arbitrary apart from their ranges and validity, so it holds for every data realization.

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof: the value decomposition over final layers (Lemma 4.4), admissibility from validity (Lemma 4.6), supervision of the master policies (Lemma 4.5), the Bellman-error decompositions (Lemma D.1, Propositions 4.1 and 4.2), the bonus bound on Bellman errors (Lemma 4.7), and the schedule estimates (Claims 4.8, 4.9 and Lemma 4.10).

Significance

Theorem 4.1 is the explicit core of the paper's results: Theorems 2.1 and 2.2, stated only up to constant and logarithmic factors, follow from it by bounding the bonus sums. Its proof architecture, which supervises less robust learners with more robust ones and bounds their mismatch through the visitation ratio, is independent of the tabular setting; the paper applies it to linear MDPs as well.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof exists. Formalizing it requires a fully explicit account of the master policy as a mixture over schedules, of concatenated policies, and of the step of Proposition 4.2 from fictitious trajectories to real ones. Several printed constants and statements need correction, which the formal statements record (see the scope section).

Difficulty

The obvious argument, optimism plus the Bellman-error decomposition of UCBVI, fails because the master policy does not play the UCB policy of any single learner. The regret of a supervised but non-greedy policy is controlled only along fictitious trajectories that switch to the UCB policy (Proposition 4.1), and turning those back into the policy's own trajectories needs a bound on the visitation ratio that holds for every schedule prefix of a mixture, not only for marginal layer probabilities. A second difficulty is bookkeeping: nested active sets, two estimates per learner, and conditioning the schedule on its final layer.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Finite types X, A with [Nonempty A]; stages 0-based (the paper's stage hhh is Lean's h - 1, terminal values at index H); policies ℕ → X → A; randomized policies as finite weighted families of deterministic ones; trajectory laws as finite products, values and occupancies as finite sums; schedules Fin H → Fin ℓmax. Rewards enter through their mean r⋆r^\starr⋆; the regret is the bound (2.2). Logarithms are base 2.
  • Pinned departures from the page, each disclosed in the item's note. (1) 8eH28eH^28eH2 in place of the printed 4eH24eH^24eH2, the constant the printed proof produces. (2) Positive parts in Proposition 4.2 and in the summands of Δ\DeltaΔ: Proposition 4.2 is false as printed when Bellman errors are negative. (3) Lemma 4.5 assumes admissibility of the supervising learner, without which it is false. (4) The UCB policy maximizes over the active set (Algorithm 2), for every argmax selector; an empty filtered active set is replaced by the learner's own, which never happens for admissible learners. (5) Estimated transitions are probability vectors, as in the tabular setting.
  • No trivialization. The schedule weights, qℓq_\ellqℓ​ and the master mixtures are computed from the schedule (3.3), never free inputs; validity is satisfiable (exact estimates with zero bonus are valid); the visitation ratio is cross-multiplied with ρ≥1\rho\ge1ρ≥1.
  • Not posed. Theorems 2.1, 2.2 and 5.1 (bounds up to ≲\lesssim≲), the concentration lemmas of §5–6, and the adversarial regret (2.1).
  • Reusable infrastructure. Finite-horizon tabular MDPs with mixtures of deterministic policies, concatenation and occupancy measures; Q-supervisors and Bellman errors. Contributions of proofs of any milestone are welcome, and the schedule lemmas (Claims 4.8, 4.9, Lemma 4.10) are independent of the rest.

Selected references

  • T. Lykouris, M. Simchowitz, A. Slivkins, W. Sun, Corruption-robust exploration in episodic reinforcement learning, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025; arXiv:1911.08689v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1911.08689
  • M. G. Azar, I. Osband, R. Munos, Minimax regret bounds for reinforcement learning, ICML 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.05449
  • T. Lykouris, V. Mirrokni, R. Paes Leme, Stochastic bandits robust to adversarial corruptions, STOC 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.09353
  • A. Gupta, T. Koren, K. Talwar, Better algorithms for stochastic bandits with adversarial corruptions, COLT 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1902.08647
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingNumerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Markov Decision Processes with Observation Costs: Framework and Computation with a Penalty Scheme: The Quasi-Variational Inequality with Inspection Operator Has a Unique Bounded SolutionResearch Paper

Motivation

In many sequential decision problems the state of a system is not observed for free. A controller monitoring a machine, a patient or an inventory must pay to inspect it, and between inspections it acts on a belief rather than on the state. The observation cost model (OCM) makes this precise for a finite Markov chain: at each time the controller either pays a fixed cost cobs>0c_{\mathrm{obs}}>0cobs​>0 to observe the state and choose a new action, or keeps the previous action without observing. Reisinger and Tam (arXiv:2201.07908v3, published in Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025) show that, after augmenting the state with the time elapsed since the last observation, the dynamic programming equation of the discounted OCM is a discrete quasi-variational inequality (QVI): an obstacle problem whose obstacle depends on the unknown itself.

Earlier work on the OCM (Anderson and Friedman, 1977; Hajek, Mitzel and Yang, 2008) treated fixed dynamics of the underlying chain. Discrete QVIs with interconnected obstacles and their penalty approximation were analysed by Reisinger and Zhang (2019) for switching problems, with the identity matrix in place of the transition operator QnQ_nQn​. The paper recasts the OCM QVI in an abstract form and proves it is well-posed.

Setting

Let XXX be a finite state space and AAA a finite nonempty action set. The unknown is a function u:N×X→RAu:\mathbb N\times X\to\mathbb R^Au:N×X→RA with components ua(n,x)=ua,xnu_a(n,x)=u^n_{a,x}ua​(n,x)=ua,xn​. A driver is a family Fa:N×X×RA×RN×X→RF_a:\mathbb N\times X\times\mathbb R^A\times\mathbb R^{\mathbb N\times X}\to\mathbb RFa​:N×X×RA×RN×X→R, a∈Aa\in Aa∈A; its third argument is the vector u(n,x)u(n,x)u(n,x) and its fourth the whole function uau_aua​. Given a sequence {Qn}\{Q_n\}{Qn​} of substochastic matrices on XXX (nonnegative entries, row sums at most 111) and a vector c∈RX×Ac\in\mathbb R^{X\times A}c∈RX×A, the inspection operator is

Mu(n,x)=(Qn u1−c‾)x,(u1−c‾)y=max⁡a∈A(ua,y1−ca,y).\mathcal Mu(n,x)=\big(Q_n\,\overline{u^1-c}\big)_x,\qquad \big(\overline{u^1-c}\big)_y=\max_{a\in A}\big(u^1_{a,y}-c_{a,y}\big).Mu(n,x)=(Qn​u1−c​)x​,(u1−c​)y​=a∈Amax​(ua,y1​−ca,y​).

It reads uuu only at time 111 and couples all actions. The QVI (3.1) is

min⁡{Fa(n,x,u(n,x),ua),  ua(n,x)−Mu(n,x)}=0,n∈N, x∈X, a∈A.\min\big\{F_a(n,x,u(n,x),u_a),\;u_a(n,x)-\mathcal Mu(n,x)\big\}=0,\qquad n\in\mathbb N,\ x\in X,\ a\in A.min{Fa​(n,x,u(n,x),ua​),ua​(n,x)−Mu(n,x)}=0,n∈N, x∈X, a∈A.

Assumption 3.2 asks for a constant β>0\beta>0β>0 with Fa(n,x,r,ua+θ)−Fa(n,x,s,va)≥βθF_a(n,x,r,u_a+\theta)-F_a(n,x,s,v_a)\ge\beta\thetaFa​(n,x,r,ua​+θ)−Fa​(n,x,s,va​)≥βθ whenever u≤vu\le vu≤v are bounded and θ=ra−sa=max⁡j(rj−sj)≥0\theta=r_a-s_a=\max_j(r_j-s_j)\ge0θ=ra​−sa​=maxj​(rj​−sj​)≥0, together with boundedness in xxx and uniform continuity in rrr. Assumption 3.12 asks that Fa(n,x,r,ϕ)F_a(n,x,r,\phi)Fa​(n,x,r,ϕ) depend on ϕ\phiϕ only through finitely many values. For the OCM, Fa(n,x,r,ϕ)=ra−γϕ(n+1,x)−(Panra)xF_a(n,x,r,\phi)=r_a-\gamma\phi(n+1,x)-(P^n_ar_a)_xFa​(n,x,r,ϕ)=ra​−γϕ(n+1,x)−(Pan​ra​)x​.

For the computation the paper truncates time to {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}{1,…,N}, giving a finite QVI (3.7) for a map F~:RN×L×d→RN×L\tilde F:\mathbb R^{N\times L\times d}\to\mathbb R^{N\times L}F~:RN×L×d→RN×L with the monotonicity property (3.5), and replaces it by the penalised problem (3.8), F~a(u)−ρ π(Mu−ua)=0\tilde F_a(u)-\rho\,\pi(\mathcal Mu-u_a)=0F~a​(u)−ρπ(Mu−ua​)=0, with a continuous non-decreasing penalty π\piπ vanishing exactly on (−∞,0](-\infty,0](−∞,0].

Formalization targets

Goal: well-posedness (Theorem 3.13)

Under Assumptions 3.2 and 3.12, a uniform bound sup⁡a,n,x∣Fa(n,x,0,0)∣<∞\sup_{a,n,x}|F_a(n,x,0,0)|<\inftysupa,n,x​∣Fa​(n,x,0,0)∣<∞, and ca,x>0c_{a,x}>0ca,x​>0:

∃! u:N×X→RA bounded with min⁡{Fa(n,x,u(n,x),ua), ua−Mu}=0 everywhere.\exists!\,u:\mathbb N\times X\to\mathbb R^A\ \text{bounded with}\ \min\{F_a(n,x,u(n,x),u_a),\,u_a-\mathcal Mu\}=0\ \text{everywhere}.∃!u:N×X→RA bounded with min{Fa​(n,x,u(n,x),ua​),ua​−Mu}=0 everywhere.

Milestones

  • Lemma 3.5: the restriction of FFF to {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}{1,…,N} satisfies (3.5) with the same β\betaβ.
  • Proposition 3.10: for every ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0, a subsolution of (3.8) lies below a supersolution.
  • Lemma 3.11: for c≥0c\ge0c≥0, every solution of (3.8) satisfies ∥uρ∥∞≤∥F~(0)∥∞/β\|u^\rho\|_\infty\le\|\tilde F(0)\|_\infty/\beta∥uρ∥∞​≤∥F~(0)∥∞​/β.
  • Theorem 3.13, truncated part: (3.8) has a unique solution uρ,Nu^{\rho,N}uρ,N, which increases to a limit uNu^NuN as ρ→∞\rho\to\inftyρ→∞; for c>0c>0c>0, uNu^NuN solves (3.7).
  • Proposition 3.8: comparison for the truncated QVI (3.7) when c>0c>0c>0.
  • Proposition 3.3: comparison for bounded sub- and supersolutions of (3.1) when c>0c>0c>0.
  • Corollary 3.4: bounded solutions of the OCM QVI (2.11) are unique.

Significance

The well-posedness theorem identifies the value function of the discounted observation cost model as the unique bounded solution of a QVI, which is what justifies computing it: truncating time and penalising the obstacle gives a sequence of finite nonlinear systems whose solutions converge to it, and these systems are solved in practice by semismooth Newton iterations. The abstract framework covers other models with a non-local, action-coupling obstacle, such as discretised switching problems.

The results are proved in the paper, partly by reference: existence of the penalised solutions and the convergence uρ,N→uNu^{\rho,N}\to u^Nuρ,N→uN are delegated to Reisinger and Zhang (2019, Theorems 2.5 and 2.6), and Lemma 3.11 is stated as "a direct adaptation" of a lemma there. None of the results is formalized. A formal development makes the delegated steps explicit and fixes the hypotheses under which the statements hold (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

The comparison principle (Proposition 3.3) is a maximum principle on an infinite index set: the supremum of u−vu-vu−v need not be attained, so the argument works along maximising sequences and needs the uniform continuity of the driver in rrr. In the obstacle branch, the inspection operator transports the maximum to time 111, and excluding that case uses c>0c>0c>0 through a chain argument over the finite set A×XA\times XA×X; with c=0c=0c=0 comparison fails.

Existence is harder. A direct fixed-point argument fails because the driver is only monotone, not a contraction, and the obstacle depends on the unknown. The paper's route goes through two limits, ρ→∞\rho\to\inftyρ→∞ and N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞, each requiring bounds uniform in the other parameter and a passage to the limit in a nonlinear, non-local equation; the N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞ limit uses Assumption 3.12 to localise the dependence on ϕ\phiϕ.

Formalization scope

Everything is finite-dimensional or a function on the discrete set N×X\mathbb N\times XN×X; no measure theory is involved. Unknowns are curried as u n x a =ua(n,x)=u_a(n,x)=ua​(n,x), costs as c a x. Time in (3.1) ranges over all of N\mathbb NN, including 000, and u1u^1u1 is u 1. The truncated time set {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}{1,…,N} is Fin N with the index kkk standing for time k+1k+1k+1, so u1u^1u1 is u 0. Substochastic means nonnegative entries with row sums at most 111; c>0c>0c>0 and c≥0c\ge0c≥0 are componentwise; norms are sup norms, written out entrywise. Bounded sets of rrr in Assumption 3.2.2 are cubes.

Two additions to the paper's hypotheses are made, each because the statement is false without it. The goal assumes sup⁡a,n,x∣Fa(n,x,0,0)∣<∞\sup_{a,n,x}|F_a(n,x,0,0)|<\inftysupa,n,x​∣Fa​(n,x,0,0)∣<∞: Assumption 3.2.2 only bounds FFF for each fixed nnn, and the driver ra−γϕ(n+1,x)−nr_a-\gamma\phi(n+1,x)-nra​−γϕ(n+1,x)−n satisfies both assumptions yet has no bounded solution. Corollary 3.4 is stated for bounded solutions of (2.11). The truncated QVI is stated without Problem 3.6's time boundary condition ua(N,⋅)=Mu(N,⋅)u_a(N,\cdot)=\mathcal Mu(N,\cdot)ua​(N,⋅)=Mu(N,⋅), which (3.8) does not encode. The continuity of the restricted driver claimed in Lemma 3.5 is not part of that milestone; the truncated part of Theorem 3.13 takes continuity of an abstract F~\tilde FF~ as a hypothesis.

The N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞ clause of Theorem 3.13 ("u=lim⁡N→∞uNu=\lim_{N\to\infty}u^Nu=limN→∞​uN, monotone from below") is not stated: the paper does not define the truncated operator beyond time NNN, and with the zero extension the monotonicity in NNN fails. The goal keeps the clause's well-defined content, existence and uniqueness of the bounded solution. A goal asserting only uniqueness (Proposition 3.3), or existence with the uniform bound hidden inside a definition, would be a different theorem; the bound is an explicit hypothesis.

A complete development needs solvability of finite-dimensional monotone nonlinear systems (the existence result cited from Reisinger and Zhang), monotone convergence in finite dimensions, and maximum-principle arguments on N×X\mathbb N\times XN×X. The comparison principles and the a-priori bound are reusable for other monotone schemes. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative existence arguments for the goal, are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Reisinger and J. Tam, Markov decision processes with observation costs: framework and computation with a penalty scheme, arXiv:2201.07908v3, 2023; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2201.07908v3
  • C. Reisinger and Y. Zhang, A penalty scheme for monotone systems with interconnected obstacles: convergence and error estimates, SIAM Journal on Numerical Analysis 57(4):1625–1648, 2019 (reference [28] of the paper).
  • R. F. Anderson and A. Friedman, Optimal inspections in a stochastic control problem with costly observations, Mathematics of Operations Research 2(2):155–190, 1977. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2.2.155
  • B. Hajek, K. Mitzel and S. Yang, Paging and registration in cellular networks: jointly optimal policies and an iterative algorithm, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 54:608–622, 2008.
11 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Advance Selling and Upgrading in Priority Queues: With Only Online Customers, Upgrading Raises the Optimal Revenue Exactly When Bₛ − Bₐ > α(p(λₕ) − p(λₗ))Research Paper

Motivation

Amusement parks and similar attractions sell two kinds of ticket for the same ride: a regular ticket, which joins a first-come-first-served queue, and a fast-track ticket, which joins a separate queue served with non-preemptive priority. Increasingly these tickets are sold online in advance, before the customer knows whether the park will be crowded on the day, and some parks also let a customer who bought a regular ticket online upgrade to fast track on arrival for a fee. Whether such an upgrading option earns the seller anything beyond what advance selling already earns is a pricing question that combines two literatures: the economics of priority queues, going back to Naor's toll model (Naor 1969) and equilibrium threshold strategies in priority queues (Hassin and Haviv 1997), and advance selling under demand uncertainty (Xie and Shugan 2001), where upgrades had been studied for inventory but not for queues (Cui, Duenyas and Sahin 2018).

Wang, Cao, Xie and Zhan (MSOM 2025) answer it in a stylised M/M/1 model. This mission formalizes their main result for the case in which every customer buys online, Theorem 1, together with the propositions its proof rests on.

Setting

A single server has exponential service times with rate μ\muμ. The day is crowded (arrival rate λh\lambda_hλh​) or uncrowded (rate λl\lambda_lλl​), with 0<λl<λh<μ0<\lambda_l<\lambda_h<\mu0<λl​<λh​<μ; an arriving customer sees a crowded day with probability α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1). Each customer has a cost ccc per unit of waiting time, uniform on [0,cˉ][0,\bar c][0,cˉ] with cˉ>0\bar c>0cˉ>0. Regular tickets cost BaB_aBa​ in advance and BsB_sBs​ on the spot; these prices are exogenous and may be any real numbers. The seller chooses the fast-track prices PaP_aPa​ (advance) and PsP_sPs​ (spot), and in the upgrading scheme also the fee KKK.

Customers sort themselves by two delay-sensitivity cutoffs 0<cr≤cf≤cˉ0<c_r\le c_f\le\bar c0<cr​≤cf​≤cˉ. If on a day of rate λ\lambdaλ the customers with cost above a cutoff ccc use the fast track, the expected waits are

WF(c)=λμ(μ−(1−c/cˉ)λ),WR(c)=μWF(c)μ−λ,W_F(c)=\frac{\lambda}{\mu\bigl(\mu-(1-c/\bar c)\lambda\bigr)},\qquad W_R(c)=\frac{\mu W_F(c)}{\mu-\lambda},WF​(c)=μ(μ−(1−c/cˉ)λ)λ​,WR​(c)=μ−λμWF​(c)​,

Cobham's formulas for a two-class priority queue. The crowded-day waits WhW^hWh are evaluated at (λh,cr)(\lambda_h,c_r)(λh​,cr​) and the uncrowded-day waits WlW^lWl at (λl,cf)(\lambda_l,c_f)(λl​,cf​).

The paper reduces the seller's problem to two explicit programs. Under AS (advance and spot selling) the seller maximises

ΠAS=Pa(1−cfcˉ)+(αPs+(1−α)Bs)cf−crcˉ+min⁡{Ba,Bs}crcˉ\Pi^{AS}=P_a\Bigl(1-\frac{c_f}{\bar c}\Bigr)+\bigl(\alpha P_s+(1-\alpha)B_s\bigr)\frac{c_f-c_r}{\bar c}+\min\{B_a,B_s\}\frac{c_r}{\bar c}ΠAS=Pa​(1−cˉcf​​)+(αPs​+(1−α)Bs​)cˉcf​−cr​​+min{Ba​,Bs​}cˉcr​​

over (cr,cf,Pa,Ps)(c_r,c_f,P_a,P_s)(cr​,cf​,Pa​,Ps​) subject to Pa≤PsP_a\le P_sPa​≤Ps​, 0<cr≤cf≤cˉ0<c_r\le c_f\le\bar c0<cr​≤cf​≤cˉ, and three indifference conditions that apply only when cr<cfc_r<c_fcr​<cf​, when cf<cˉc_f<\bar ccf​<cˉ, and when cf=cˉc_f=\bar ccf​=cˉ respectively (program (7)). Under AUS (advance and spot selling with upgrading), the term αPs+(1−α)Bs\alpha P_s+(1-\alpha)B_sαPs​+(1−α)Bs​ becomes min⁡{αPs+(1−α)Bs, Ba+αK}\min\{\alpha P_s+(1-\alpha)B_s,\ B_a+\alpha K\}min{αPs​+(1−α)Bs​, Ba​+αK} and Pa≤Ba+KP_a\le B_a+KPa​≤Ba​+K is added (program (8)). Write ΠAS⋆\Pi^{AS\star}ΠAS⋆ and ΠAUS⋆\Pi^{AUS\star}ΠAUS⋆ for their optimal values, and

p(λ)=(μ−μ(μ−λ))λcˉ(μ−λ)μ2,c(λ)=(μ(μ−λ)−(μ−λ))cˉλ,π(λ)=(μ−μ−λ)2cˉμ(μ−λ).p(\lambda)=\frac{\bigl(\mu-\sqrt{\mu(\mu-\lambda)}\bigr)\lambda\bar c}{(\mu-\lambda)\mu^2},\quad c(\lambda)=\frac{\bigl(\sqrt{\mu(\mu-\lambda)}-(\mu-\lambda)\bigr)\bar c}{\lambda},\quad \pi(\lambda)=\frac{(\sqrt\mu-\sqrt{\mu-\lambda})^2\bar c}{\mu(\mu-\lambda)}.p(λ)=(μ−λ)μ2(μ−μ(μ−λ)​)λcˉ​,c(λ)=λ(μ(μ−λ)​−(μ−λ))cˉ​,π(λ)=μ(μ−λ)(μ​−μ−λ​)2cˉ​.

These are the optimal price premium, cutoff and revenue gain when the rate λ\lambdaλ is known.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

ΠAS⋆=ΠAUS⋆  if Bs−Ba≤α(p(λh)−p(λl)),ΠAUS⋆>ΠAS⋆  if Bs−Ba>α(p(λh)−p(λl)).\Pi^{AS\star}=\Pi^{AUS\star}\ \text{ if } B_s-B_a\le\alpha\bigl(p(\lambda_h)-p(\lambda_l)\bigr),\qquad \Pi^{AUS\star}>\Pi^{AS\star}\ \text{ if } B_s-B_a>\alpha\bigl(p(\lambda_h)-p(\lambda_l)\bigr).ΠAS⋆=ΠAUS⋆  if Bs​−Ba​≤α(p(λh​)−p(λl​)),ΠAUS⋆>ΠAS⋆  if Bs​−Ba​>α(p(λh​)−p(λl​)).

The goal compares the two optima and does not mention their common value. It asserts that the AS supremum exists, that the AUS maximum is attained, and the comparison.

Milestones

  1. The ordering 0<c(λh)<c(λl)<cˉ0<c(\lambda_h)<c(\lambda_l)<\bar c0<c(λh​)<c(λl​)<cˉ (§5.1, p. 15).
  2. Lemma 1: with all customers buying on the spot, the equilibrium cutoffs are the closed form (5).
  3. The single-rate cutoff problem from the proof of Proposition 3: ψ(c^)=c^(WR(c^)−WF(c^))\psi(\hat c)=\hat c(W_R(\hat c)-W_F(\hat c))ψ(c^)=c^(WR​(c^)−WF​(c^)) is strictly increasing, and the revenue as a function of the cutoff is maximised at c(λ)c(\lambda)c(λ) with value π(λ)\pi(\lambda)π(λ).
  4. Proposition 3: with a known rate λ\lambdaλ, the optimal spot price is Bs+p(λ)B_s+p(\lambda)Bs​+p(λ) and the optimal revenue π(λ)+Bs\pi(\lambda)+B_sπ(λ)+Bs​.
  5. Proposition 5, parts 1)–2): if Bs−Ba<α(p(λh)−p(λl))B_s-B_a<\alpha(p(\lambda_h)-p(\lambda_l))Bs​−Ba​<α(p(λh​)−p(λl​)), the AS optimum is απ(λh)+(1−α)π(λl)+min⁡{Ba,Bs}\alpha\pi(\lambda_h)+(1-\alpha)\pi(\lambda_l)+\min\{B_a,B_s\}απ(λh​)+(1−α)π(λl​)+min{Ba​,Bs​}, attained only at cutoffs (c(λh),c(λl))(c(\lambda_h),c(\lambda_l))(c(λh​),c(λl​)) and explicit prices.
  6. Proposition 5, last sentence: if Bs−Ba>α(p(λh)−p(λl))B_s-B_a>\alpha(p(\lambda_h)-p(\lambda_l))Bs​−Ba​>α(p(λh​)−p(λl​)), the AS supremum is strictly below απ(λh)+(1−α)π(λl)+Ba\alpha\pi(\lambda_h)+(1-\alpha)\pi(\lambda_l)+B_aαπ(λh​)+(1−α)π(λl​)+Ba​.
  7. Proposition 6: the AUS optimum is always απ(λh)+(1−α)π(λl)+min⁡{Ba,Bs}\alpha\pi(\lambda_h)+(1-\alpha)\pi(\lambda_l)+\min\{B_a,B_s\}απ(λh​)+(1−α)π(λl​)+min{Ba​,Bs​}, with explicit optimal prices and fees in three regimes.

Significance

The value απ(λh)+(1−α)π(λl)+B\alpha\pi(\lambda_h)+(1-\alpha)\pi(\lambda_l)+Bαπ(λh​)+(1−α)π(λl​)+B is what a seller would earn by charging a different fast-track price on crowded and uncrowded days. Theorem 1 says that the upgrading option always recovers this state-dependent benchmark, whereas advance selling alone recovers it only while the spot regular premium Bs−BaB_s-B_aBs​−Ba​ stays below the threshold α(p(λh)−p(λl))\alpha(p(\lambda_h)-p(\lambda_l))α(p(λh​)−p(λl​)). The threshold gives a concrete pricing rule: offer upgrades exactly when the spot regular ticket is much dearer than the advance one. The paper builds its welfare comparison (§5.4) and its extensions with balking and extra on-site waiting (§6) on the same programs.

The result is proved in the paper, with proofs in its Online Appendix. Nothing in this model has a machine-checked proof. A formalization would check the case analysis of the conditional constraints, which the printed statement gets wrong at the boundary (see Formalization scope), and would provide a Lean model of the waits, the single-rate optimum and the two programs that later missions on this paper can reuse.

Difficulty

Each single-rate step is one-variable calculus with square roots. The difficulty lies in the two programs. Their constraints switch on and off with the cutoffs. Treating them as equalities throughout, or as a disjunction of cases, changes the feasible set. The obvious argument shows that every feasible value is at most the benchmark, by maximising the separable revenue in each cutoff. That is enough for Proposition 6 and for the equality case of Theorem 1, but not for the strict inequality. There the benchmark's maximiser violates Pa≤PsP_a\le P_sPa​≤Ps​, the supremum of (7) need not be attained, and the AS value must be shown to stay a positive distance below the benchmark over a feasible set that is not closed.

Formalization scope

All objects are explicit real expressions in a definitions file, AdvSellUpgrade.Online.Setting. The parameters (μ,λh,λl,α,cˉ,Ba,Bs)(\mu,\lambda_h,\lambda_l,\alpha,\bar c,B_a,B_s)(μ,λh​,λl​,α,cˉ,Ba​,Bs​) are bundled in a structure. The standing assumptions are 0<λl<λh<μ0<\lambda_l<\lambda_h<\mu0<λl​<λh​<μ, cˉ>0\bar c>0cˉ>0 and 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1; no sign is assumed on any price. The conventions are:

  • The mission is stated on the reduced programs (7) and (8) as printed. The queueing game they come from (Definition 1, Propositions 1–2 and the revenue (3)) is not formalized; the waits are taken in Cobham's closed form.
  • α\alphaα is a free parameter in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). The paper defines it as βλh/λˉ\beta\lambda_h/\bar\lambdaβλh​/λˉ, and every value in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) arises from exactly one β\betaβ. Theorem 1 fails at α=1\alpha=1α=1.
  • The "if" constraints of (7) and (8) are implications.
  • The fourth constraint of (8) is printed with WhW^hWh. It is read with WlW^lWl, as in (7). It binds only at cf=cˉc_f=\bar ccf​=cˉ and does not affect any statement of the mission.
  • Optimal values are stated as a least upper bound (for AS) or a greatest element (for AUS) of the set of attainable objective values, never as a bare supremum, which Lean sets to 000 on an empty or unbounded set. This rules out the trivializing reading of Theorem 1 as 0=00=00=0. The goal does not contain the closed-form optimum.
  • Boundary repairs. Theorem 1 prints "<<<" for the equality case and "Otherwise" for the strict one. At Bs−Ba=α(p(λh)−p(λl))B_s-B_a=\alpha(p(\lambda_h)-p(\lambda_l))Bs​−Ba​=α(p(λh​)−p(λl​)) the AS program attains the AUS optimum, so the boundary point belongs to the equality case, as in the paper's own proof (Online Appendix p. 13). The same repair applies to the last sentence of Proposition 5.
  • Proposition 5 is formalized in parts 1)–2) and its last sentence. Parts 3)–4) use a threshold and a root defined only implicitly in the appendix.
  • Proposition 3 and the single-rate milestones are stated for every rate λ∈(0,μ)\lambda\in(0,\mu)λ∈(0,μ), which covers both states.

Useful contributions include the one-variable lemmas on ppp, ccc, π\piπ and the waits, and the reduction of (7) and (8) to the separable revenue in the cutoffs.

Selected references

  • Y. Wang, P. Cao, J. Xie, D. Zhan, Advance Selling and Upgrading in Priority Queues, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2023.0410
  • A. Cobham, Priority assignment in waiting line problems, Journal of the Operations Research Society of America 2(1), 1954. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2.1.70
  • P. Naor, The regulation of queue size by levying tolls, Econometrica 37(1), 1969. https://doi.org/10.2307/1909200
  • R. Hassin, M. Haviv, Equilibrium threshold strategies: the case of queues with priorities, Operations Research 45(6), 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.45.6.966
  • J. Xie, S. M. Shugan, Electronic tickets, smart cards, and online prepayments: when and how to advance sell, Marketing Science 20(3), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1287/mksc.20.3.219.9765
  • Y. Cui, I. Duenyas, Ö. Şahin, Pricing of conditional upgrades in the presence of strategic consumers, Management Science 64(7), 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2017.2783
9 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Model of Shoppertainment Live Streaming: Zero Entertainment Bandwidth Is Never Optimal, the Optimal Bandwidth Lies Beyond the Traffic Peak, and Is Full Entertainment When vₑ > v(1+q)/4Research Paper

Motivation

In shoppertainment live streaming a single streamer sells products from many manufacturers during live sessions that mix product presentation with entertainment. Some of the most successful streamers spend much of their air time on content unrelated to the products; the paper cites Dong Yuhui, who devotes his sessions to English lessons. Traditional TV shopping (QVC) does the opposite and spends all air time on product features. This raises a question for operations and marketing: how should a streamer split a session's limited bandwidth between entertainment and product information?

Gu, Zhao and Wu (Management Science, 2024) answer it in a three-stage game between a streamer, a pool of manufacturers and a population of consumers. Entertainment attracts consumers directly, but it also leaves them less certain whether a product fits, and that uncertainty changes how manufacturers price. The paper's headline result, Proposition 3, says that zero entertainment is never optimal. This mission formalizes Proposition 3 together with the chain of lemmas and propositions of Section 4 on which it rests.

Setting

A product has quality q∈[0,1]q \in [0,1]q∈[0,1], the probability that it fits a consumer. A good fit is worth v>0v > 0v>0 and a bad fit 000. The qualities of the contracted manufacturers are uniform on [q‾,1][\underline q, 1][q​,1], where q‾∈[0,1)\underline q \in [0,1)q​∈[0,1) is the streamer's quality threshold; write dF(q)=dq/(1−q‾)dF(q) = dq/(1-\underline q)dF(q)=dq/(1−q​). The streamer keeps a commission rate α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0,1)α∈(0,1) of sales revenue.

The streamer chooses an entertainment bandwidth te∈[0,1]t_e \in [0,1]te​∈[0,1], the share of a session spent on entertainment. Each attending consumer receives a fit signal whose accuracy is 1−te1 - t_e1−te​. After a good signal the posterior fit probability is 1−te+teq1 - t_e + t_e q1−te​+te​q, after a bad one it is teqt_e qte​q. The two willingness-to-pay levels are therefore

pH=(1−te+teq) v,pL=teqv.p_H = (1 - t_e + t_e q)\,v, \qquad p_L = t_e q v .pH​=(1−te​+te​q)v,pL​=te​qv.

With TTT attending consumers, the demand at price ppp is TTT if p≤pLp \le p_Lp≤pL​ (everyone buys), qTqTqT if pL<p≤pHp_L < p \le p_HpL​<p≤pH​ (only good-signal consumers buy), and 000 above pHp_HpH​. A manufacturer earns (1−α) p D(p)(1-\alpha)\,p\,D(p)(1−α)pD(p).

Write t^e=1/(2−q‾)\hat t_e = 1/(2-\underline q)t^e​=1/(2−q​) and q^=2−1/te\hat q = 2 - 1/t_eq^​=2−1/te​. In equilibrium a manufacturer of quality qqq prices low (pLp_LpL​) exactly when te>1/(2−q)t_e > 1/(2-q)te​>1/(2−q), that is, when q<q^q < \hat qq<q^​. A consumer's expected shopping surplus Eup(te)Eu_p(t_e)Eup​(te​) is the average, over manufacturers, of what the consumer gains at the equilibrium price. Attending costs are uniform on [0,K][0,K][0,K], and the streamer's entertaining capability ve≥0v_e \ge 0ve​≥0 gives the entertainment utility vetev_e t_eve​te​, so the attending traffic is

T(te)=vete+Eup(te)K.T(t_e) = \frac{v_e t_e + Eu_p(t_e)}{K}.T(te​)=Kve​te​+Eup​(te​)​.

The individual profitability π(te)\pi(t_e)π(te​) is the streamer's expected commission from one attending consumer, and the streamer's payoff is Π(te)=T(te) π(te)\Pi(t_e) = T(t_e)\,\pi(t_e)Π(te​)=T(te​)π(te​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3 (p. 33)

For 0<α<10 < \alpha < 10<α<1, v>0v > 0v>0, K>0K > 0K>0, 0≤q‾<10 \le \underline q < 10≤q​<1 and ve≥0v_e \ge 0ve​≥0:

  1. te=0t_e = 0te​=0 is not a maximizer of Π\PiΠ on [0,1][0,1][0,1], and Π\PiΠ attains its maximum on [0,1][0,1][0,1];
  2. if ve≤v(1+q‾)/4v_e \le v(1+\underline q)/4ve​≤v(1+q​)/4, every maximizer te∗t^*_ete∗​ of Π\PiΠ satisfies te∗≥teTt^*_e \ge t^T_ete∗​≥teT​ for every maximizer teTt^T_eteT​ of TTT;
  3. if ve>v(1+q‾)/4v_e > v(1+\underline q)/4ve​>v(1+q​)/4, then
Π(te)<Π(1)for all te∈[0,1).\Pi(t_e) < \Pi(1) \qquad \text{for all } t_e \in [0,1).Π(te​)<Π(1)for all te​∈[0,1).

Milestones

  • Lemma 2 (p. 24): a manufacturer of quality q>0q > 0q>0 maximizes profit at pLp_LpL​ (uniquely) when te>1/(2−q)t_e > 1/(2-q)te​>1/(2−q) and at pHp_HpH​ when te≤1/(2−q)t_e \le 1/(2-q)te​≤1/(2−q).
  • Proposition 1 (p. 25): the proportion of low-pricing manufacturers is ψ(te)=(q^−q‾)/(1−q‾)\psi(t_e) = (\hat q - \underline q)/(1-\underline q)ψ(te​)=(q^​−q​)/(1−q​) for te>t^et_e > \hat t_ete​>t^e​ and 000 otherwise; it increases in tet_ete​ and decreases in q‾\underline qq​.
  • Lemma 3 (p. 27): Eup=∫q‾q^(1−te) qv dF(q)Eu_p = \int_{\underline q}^{\hat q}(1-t_e)\,q v\,dF(q)Eup​=∫q​q^​​(1−te​)qvdF(q) for te>t^et_e > \hat t_ete​>t^e​, and 000 otherwise.
  • Display (14) (p. 31): π(te)=α(∫q‾q^pL dF+∫q^1pHq dF)\pi(t_e) = \alpha\big(\int_{\underline q}^{\hat q} p_L\,dF + \int_{\hat q}^1 p_H q\,dF\big)π(te​)=α(∫q​q^​​pL​dF+∫q^​1​pH​qdF) for te>t^et_e > \hat t_ete​>t^e​, and α∫q‾1pHq dF\alpha \int_{\underline q}^1 p_H q\,dFα∫q​1​pH​qdF otherwise.
  • Proposition 2 (p. 27): TTT is strictly increasing on [0,1][0,1][0,1] if ve>v(1+q‾)/2v_e > v(1+\underline q)/2ve​>v(1+q​)/2; otherwise it strictly increases up to a peak teT∈[t^e,1]t^T_e \in [\hat t_e, 1]teT​∈[t^e​,1] and strictly decreases after it.
  • Lemma 4 (p. 32): π\piπ strictly decreases and then strictly increases on [0,1][0,1][0,1], is maximal at both te=0t_e = 0te​=0 and te=1t_e = 1te​=1, and is strictly increasing in q‾\underline qq​.

Significance

Proposition 3 is the paper's managerial conclusion. Spending all bandwidth on product information, as TV shopping does, is never optimal. A streamer should allocate at least the traffic-maximizing share to entertainment, and should go to full entertainment once its entertaining capability exceeds v(1+q‾)/4v(1+\underline q)/4v(1+q​)/4. Corollary 2 and the extensions of Section 5 of the paper (informing capability, in-session adjustment, competing streamers) build on this result and on the Section 4 chain.

The results are proved in the paper and its Online Supplementary, and none is machine-checked. The supplement's argument for the regime ve>v(1+q‾)/4v_e > v(1+\underline q)/4ve​>v(1+q​)/4 shows only that dΠ/dte>0d\Pi/dt_e > 0dΠ/dte​>0 at te=1t_e = 1te​=1, a local statement. The goal here asks for the global claim that te=1t_e = 1te​=1 is the unique maximizer, so a complete formalization closes a gap in the published argument. The milestones make the paper's equilibrium derivation (manufacturer pricing, consumer surplus, traffic, profitability) checkable step by step.

Difficulty

Lemma 2, Proposition 1, Lemma 3 and display (14) are elementary: case analysis of a price and integrals of piecewise polynomials whose switch point q^(te)\hat q(t_e)q^​(te​) depends on tet_ete​. Proposition 2 and Lemma 4 need sign analysis of explicit rational functions of tet_ete​ on [t^e,1][\hat t_e, 1][t^e​,1], uniformly in q‾∈[0,1)\underline q \in [0,1)q​∈[0,1). The traffic is not concave there: its surplus component is convex on part of the interval and concave on the rest.

The goal is the hard part. Π=Tπ\Pi = T\piΠ=Tπ is the product of a function that rises and then falls (Proposition 2) and a function that falls and then rises (Lemma 4), so the shape of either factor does not settle where the product peaks. Comparing maximizers of Π\PiΠ with maximizers of TTT, and ruling out an interior maximum of Π\PiΠ above the threshold v(1+q‾)/4v(1+\underline q)/4v(1+q​)/4 for every q‾\underline qq​ and vev_eve​, requires quantitative control of the product, not just the monotonicity pattern of its factors. Checking the sign of dΠ/dted\Pi/dt_edΠ/dte​ at te=1t_e = 1te​=1 alone is not enough.

Formalization scope

All parameters are real numbers and every function of the model is total; the statements carry the standing ranges as hypotheses. The bandwidth domain is Set.Icc 0 1, and "optimal" means IsMaxOn on that set. The single definitions file Shoppertainment.OptimalBandwidth.Model contains pHp_HpH​, pLp_LpL​, the demand (8) extended by 000 above pHp_HpH​, the manufacturer's profit, t^e\hat t_et^e​, q^\hat qq^​, the equilibrium pricing rule, ψ\psiψ (as a Lebesgue measure), the consumer's ex-ante surplus, EupEu_pEup​, TTT, the revenue per attending consumer, π\piπ and Π\PiΠ. EupEu_pEup​ and π\piπ are integrals over the uniform law of quantities evaluated at each manufacturer's equilibrium price. They are not defined by the closed forms (12) and (14). This keeps Lemma 3 and (14) genuine statements and ties the goal to the manufacturers' equilibrium.

Conventions and pinned hypotheses:

  • q‾<1\underline q < 1q​<1, so that the uniform law on [q‾,1][\underline q,1][q​,1] exists (the paper allows q‾≤1\underline q \le 1q​≤1).
  • α<1\alpha < 1α<1, the standing range of p. 13.
  • Lemma 2 pins q>0q > 0q>0 and T>0T > 0T>0. Without them every positive price earns 000.
  • Lemma 2 uses the manufacturer's own threshold 1/(2−q)1/(2-q)1/(2−q), as in the Online Supplementary A.2 and Figure 4(b). The printed display (10) reads 1/(2−q‾)1/(2-\underline q)1/(2−q​), which would contradict Proposition 1.
  • A tie te=1/(2−q)t_e = 1/(2-q)te​=1/(2−q) is priced high, as in (10). It is a null set for every integral.
  • Proposition 2 assumes ve>0v_e > 0ve​>0 (Table 1), and the goal assumes ve≥0v_e \ge 0ve​≥0 (as printed in Proposition 3).
  • The peaks teTt^T_eteT​ and te∗t^*_ete∗​ are stated as maximizers, never through the first-order conditions of the supplement.
  • Proposition 1's decrease in q‾\underline qq​ is strict for te<1t_e < 1te​<1 and weak at te=1t_e = 1te​=1, where ψ≡1\psi \equiv 1ψ≡1.

Two formalizations would trivialize the mission, and both are excluded. Without the existence clause, a "for every maximizer" statement could hold vacuously, so the goal asserts existence. Defining EupEu_pEup​ and π\piπ by (12) and (14) would make two milestones true by definition.

Lemma 1, Corollaries 1–2, Remark 1 and the Section 5 extensions are not posed. A complete development needs only Mathlib's interval integrals, Lebesgue measure on R\mathbb RR and elementary real analysis. Proofs of the closed forms of the Online Supplementary (Γ\GammaΓ in A.4, (A1) in A.6) are welcome as auxiliary lemmas.

Selected references

  • Z. Gu, X. Zhao, D. J. Wu, A Model of Shoppertainment Live Streaming, Management Science, 2024; authors' accepted manuscript, October 2024. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.01724
  • R. Lal, M. Sarvary, When and How Is the Internet Likely to Decrease Price Competition?, Marketing Science 18(4), 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/mksc.18.4.485
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Markov Decision Processes: Beyond Rectangularity 2: With Polyhedral r-Rectangular Factor Sets, One Deterministic Policy and Factor Matrix Stay Robust-Optimal for All Discount Factors Near 1Research Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision process (MDP) models sequential decisions under uncertainty: in each state a decision maker picks an action, collects a reward, and the system moves to a random next state according to a transition kernel. In applications the kernel is estimated from data, and an optimal policy for the estimated kernel can perform poorly under a slightly different one. Robust MDPs replace the single kernel by an uncertainty set and maximize the worst-case discounted reward over that set (Iyengar 2005; Nilim and El Ghaoui 2005; Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem 2013).

Goyal and Grand-Clément (arXiv:1811.00215v8) introduce r-rectangular uncertainty sets, in which transitions are mixtures of a small number of uncertain factors chosen independently by an adversary. Beyond the algorithmic results (the subject of the first mission of this series), they prove two structural properties of optimal robust policies in this model: a robust maximum principle and robust Blackwell optimality.

In a classical MDP, a policy is Blackwell optimal if it is optimal for every discount factor close enough to 111 (Blackwell 1962; Puterman 1994, §10.1.2). Blackwell optimal policies are optimal for the long-run average reward and for every finer nnn-discount criterion, so they connect discounted and average-reward control. For two-player perfect-information zero-sum stochastic games the existence of Blackwell optimal strategies is due to Gaubert and Gunawardena (1998). Goyal and Grand-Clément establish the analogous statement for robust MDPs with r-rectangular uncertainty, under the assumption that the factor sets have finitely many extreme points, as polyhedral factor sets do.

Setting

Let S\mathbb SS and A\mathbb AA be finite sets of states and actions, with rewards rsa≥0r_{sa}\ge0rsa​≥0, an initial distribution p0∈Δ(S)p_0\in\Delta(\mathbb S)p0​∈Δ(S), and a discount factor λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1). Fix coefficients usai≥0u^i_{sa}\ge0usai​≥0, i∈[r]i\in[r]i∈[r], with ∑iusai=1\sum_i u^i_{sa}=1∑i​usai​=1. A factor matrix W=(w1,…,wr)W=(w_1,\dots,w_r)W=(w1​,…,wr​) has probability vectors wi∈Δ(S)w_i\in\Delta(\mathbb S)wi​∈Δ(S) as columns and induces the kernel

Psas′=∑i=1rusai wi,s′.P_{sas'}=\sum_{i=1}^r u^i_{sa}\,w_{i,s'} .Psas′​=i=1∑r​usai​wi,s′​.

The adversary chooses WWW from a nonempty convex compact set W\mathcal WW. Its projections are the factor sets W1,…,Wr\mathcal W^1,\dots,\mathcal W^rW1,…,Wr, and W\mathcal WW is r-rectangular when W=W1×⋯×Wr\mathcal W=\mathcal W^1\times\dots\times\mathcal W^rW=W1×⋯×Wr.

A stationary policy π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π picks πs∈Δ(A)\pi_s\in\Delta(\mathbb A)πs​∈Δ(A) in each state; it is deterministic when each πs\pi_sπs​ is a point mass. With rπ=(∑aπsarsa)sr_\pi=(\sum_a\pi_{sa}r_{sa})_srπ​=(∑a​πsa​rsa​)s​ and L(π,W)ss′=∑aπsaPsas′L(\pi,W)_{ss'}=\sum_a\pi_{sa}P_{sas'}L(π,W)ss′​=∑a​πsa​Psas′​, the value function and the expected reward are

vλπ,W=∑t≥0λtL(π,W)trπ,R(π,W,λ)=p0⊤vλπ,W.v^{\pi,W}_\lambda=\sum_{t\ge0}\lambda^tL(\pi,W)^tr_\pi,\qquad R(\pi,W,\lambda)=p_0^\top v^{\pi,W}_\lambda .vλπ,W​=t≥0∑​λtL(π,W)trπ​,R(π,W,λ)=p0⊤​vλπ,W​.

The worst-case value of π\piπ is zλ(π)=min⁡W∈WR(π,W,λ)z_\lambda(\pi)=\min_{W\in\mathcal W}R(\pi,W,\lambda)zλ​(π)=minW∈W​R(π,W,λ). A pair (π∗,W∗)(\pi^*,W^*)(π∗,W∗) is an optimal solution of the robust MDP problem (1.2) at discount λ\lambdaλ when π∗\pi^*π∗ maximizes zλz_\lambdazλ​ over Π\PiΠ and W∗W^*W∗ attains min⁡W∈WR(π∗,W,λ)\min_{W\in\mathcal W}R(\pi^*,W,\lambda)minW∈W​R(π∗,W,λ). The Lean development uses this notation: value, R, z, IsRobustSolution, IsRRect, factorSet, IsDeterministic.

Formalization targets

Goal: robust Blackwell optimality (Proposition 6.2)

If W\mathcal WW is r-rectangular and every factor set Wi\mathcal W^iWi has finitely many extreme points, there exist a deterministic policy π∗\pi^*π∗, a factor matrix W∗∈WW^*\in\mathcal WW∗∈W and λ0∈(0,1)\lambda_0\in(0,1)λ0​∈(0,1) with

∀λ∈(λ0,1):(π∗,W∗) is an optimal solution of (1.2) at discount λ.\forall\lambda\in(\lambda_0,1):\quad(\pi^*,W^*)\ \text{is an optimal solution of (1.2) at discount }\lambda .∀λ∈(λ0​,1):(π∗,W∗) is an optimal solution of (1.2) at discount λ.

The pair is fixed before λ0\lambda_0λ0​ and does not depend on λ\lambdaλ. The statement fixes no constant and no rate.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 6.1.1: a minimizer W1W^1W1 of R(π,⋅,λ)R(\pi,\cdot,\lambda)R(π,⋅,λ) is a worst case from every initial state, vλ,sπ,W1≤vλ,sπ,W0v^{\pi,W^1}_{\lambda,s}\le v^{\pi,W^0}_{\lambda,s}vλ,sπ,W1​≤vλ,sπ,W0​ for all W0∈WW^0\in\mathcal WW0∈W.
  2. Proposition 6.1.2 (robust maximum principle): if (π∗,W∗)(\pi^*,W^*)(π∗,W∗) solves (1.2), then vλ,sπ,W1≤vλ,sπ∗,W∗v^{\pi,W^1}_{\lambda,s}\le v^{\pi^*,W^*}_{\lambda,s}vλ,sπ,W1​≤vλ,sπ∗,W∗​ for every policy π\piπ, every minimizer W1W^1W1 of R(π,⋅,λ)R(\pi,\cdot,\lambda)R(π,⋅,λ) and every state sss.
  3. Appendix G.1, p. 26: for each λ\lambdaλ, (1.2) has an optimal solution (πλ,Wλ)(\pi_\lambda,W_\lambda)(πλ​,Wλ​) with πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ deterministic and WλW_\lambdaWλ​ an extreme point of W\mathcal WW.
  4. Appendix G.1, p. 27: vtπ,W=(I−tL(π,W))−1rπv^{\pi,W}_t=(I-tL(\pi,W))^{-1}r_\pivtπ,W​=(I−tL(π,W))−1rπ​ on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), and each coordinate is a rational function of ttt whose denominator has no zero in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).

Stronger: finitely many breakpoints (Proposition 6.3, optional)

Under the same hypotheses there are 0=λ0<λ1<⋯<λp=10=\lambda_0<\lambda_1<\dots<\lambda_p=10=λ0​<λ1​<⋯<λp​=1 and, for each jjj, a single deterministic pair (πj,Wj)(\pi_j,W_j)(πj​,Wj​) optimal for every λ∈(λj,λj+1)\lambda\in(\lambda_j,\lambda_{j+1})λ∈(λj​,λj+1​).

Significance

The result. Robust Blackwell optimality says that, for polyhedral r-rectangular uncertainty, a decision maker who is patient enough does not need to know the discount factor exactly: one deterministic policy is robust-optimal for all discounts near 111, and the adversary has one matching worst-case factor matrix. This is the robust counterpart of the classical bridge from discounted to average-reward criteria, and it is the natural entry point for a theory of robust MDPs under the long-run average criterion, for which the paper notes no results were known. The robust maximum principle states that an optimal robust policy has the highest worst-case value from every starting state, a comparison that has been used to derive structural properties of robust policies in a healthcare setting (Grand-Clément et al. 2020, cited on p. 13 of the paper).

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; none has a machine-checked proof. The nominal analogues (Blackwell 1962, Theorem 5, and the rationality of the discounted value) are posed on Prove2Me as open targets on a different, nominal model and are not reused here. The formalization also corrects two printed statements: Proposition 6.1 is false for an initial distribution with a zero entry and is posed with p0>0p_0>0p0​>0, and the claim in Appendix G.1 that the factor matrix of a solution is an extreme point is posed in its existential form, the form the proof uses.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for the goal is a pigeonhole over the finitely many candidate pairs (deterministic policies and extreme factor matrices): some pair is optimal for discounts λn→1\lambda_n\to1λn​→1. The step that fails is passing from this sequence to a whole interval. Optimality of a pair is not a comparison between two fixed rational functions of λ\lambdaλ: the worst-case value zλ(π)z_\lambda(\pi)zλ​(π) is a minimum over W\mathcal WW, and optimality quantifies over all randomized policies. A comparison of worst-case values at one discount does not by itself give a comparison of value functions that can be propagated to other discounts. The paper bridges this gap with the robust maximum principle, which turns a worst-case comparison into a statewise comparison of two value functions, each rational in λ\lambdaλ. The maximum principle itself rests on the saddle-point structure of r-rectangular robust MDPs (Theorem 4.2 and Lemma 4.3 of the paper), which a solver must develop.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the definition FactorRMDP.Blackwell.Model. States and actions are finite types, with A\mathbb AA nonempty. Factors are indexed by Fin r, i.e. 0-based. A factor matrix is a function Fin r → S → ℝ. W\mathcal WW is a nonempty convex compact set of factor matrices with stochastic factors. Its factor sets are its projections, and r-rectangularity is the predicate IsRRect, not built into the structure. Rewards are nonnegative and p0∈Δ(S)p_0\in\Delta(\mathbb S)p0​∈Δ(S). The value function is the discounted series, not a fixed point, so no Bellman identity holds by definition. Minima and maxima are stated with IsLeast/IsGreatest, and statements at a fixed discount assume 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1. Optimality in (1.2) is over stationary randomized policies, as in the paper's proof, and requires both halves: π∗\pi^*π∗ maximizes zλz_\lambdazλ​ and W∗W^*W∗ attains min⁡WR(π∗,W,λ)\min_W R(\pi^*,W,\lambda)minW​R(π∗,W,λ). "Finitely many extreme points" is Mathlib's Set.extremePoints of each factor set. The second sentence of Assumption 2.4 (an optimization oracle) is not formalized.

Explicit choices relative to the printed text:

  • W\mathcal WW nonempty, A\mathbb AA nonempty and λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1) are stated explicitly.
  • Proposition 6.1 (both parts) assumes p0(s)>0p_0(s)>0p0​(s)>0 for every state. As printed, it is false when p0p_0p0​ vanishes on a state.
  • The extreme-point claim of Appendix G.1 is posed as the existence of an optimal pair with an extreme factor matrix.
  • The goal (Proposition 6.2) keeps p0p_0p0​ arbitrary.

A goal in which the pair (π∗,W∗)(\pi^*,W^*)(π∗,W∗) may depend on λ\lambdaλ would only restate milestone 3 and is not robust Blackwell optimality; the pair is quantified before λ0\lambda_0λ0​.

A complete development needs the saddle-point theory of r-rectangular robust MDPs (shared with the first mission of this series), Neumann series and Cramer's rule for I−tLI-tLI−tL, extreme points of products of compact convex sets, and the finiteness of zeros of a nonzero polynomial. The rationality of discounted values and the extreme-point lemmas are reusable for nominal Blackwell optimality and for other robust models. Proofs of any milestone, of the optional Proposition 6.3, and auxiliary lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Goyal and J. Grand-Clément, Robust Markov Decision Process: Beyond Rectangularity, arXiv:1811.00215v8, 2021; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1811.00215, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2022.1259
  • D. Blackwell, Discrete Dynamic Programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 33, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704593
  • S. Gaubert and J. Gunawardena, A Non-Linear Hierarchy for Discrete Event Dynamical Systems, 1998 (as cited in Goyal and Grand-Clément, reference list, arXiv:1811.00215v8).
  • G. N. Iyengar, Robust Dynamic Programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • A. Nilim and L. El Ghaoui, Robust Control of Markov Decision Processes with Uncertain Transition Matrices, Operations Research 53, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn and B. Rustem, Robust Markov Decision Processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 38, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0566
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Optimality of Affine Policies for Budgeted Uncertainty Sets 1: For Budget of Uncertainty Sets, Affine Policies Approximate the Two-Stage Adjustable Robust Problem within O(log n / log log n)Research Paper

Motivation

Two-stage adjustable robust optimization models decisions taken in two steps around an uncertain demand: a first-stage decision is fixed now, the demand is revealed, and a second-stage (recourse) decision reacts to it. The objective is the worst-case total cost over a set of possible demands. The model covers set cover, capacity planning and network design under uncertain demand (Bertsimas, Goyal 2012; Gupta, Nagarajan, Ravi 2014). Computing the optimal adjustable solution is intractable in general: Feige, Jain, Mahdian and Mirrokni (2007) showed that, for the budget of uncertainty sets below, the problem cannot be approximated within a factor better than Ω(log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n)\Omega(\log n/\log\log n)Ω(logn/loglogn) under a standard complexity assumption, where nnn is the number of decision variables.

Affine policies, in which the recourse is restricted to an affine function of the revealed demand (Ben-Tal et al. 2004), are computable by a single linear program and perform well empirically. The question is how much they can lose in the worst case.

Timeline. Bertsimas and Goyal (2012) proved that affine policies are within O(m)O(\sqrt m)O(m​) of the adjustable optimum for general uncertainty sets (mmm = number of uncertain parameters) and that this is tight for some sets. El Housni and Goyal (arXiv:1807.00163, 2018; Mathematics of Operations Research 2021) proved that for budget of uncertainty sets the factor is O(log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n)O(\log n/\log\log n)O(logn/loglogn), matching the hardness bound. That result is the goal of this mission.

Setting

Let A∈Rm×nA\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n, a non-negative recourse matrix B∈R+m×nB\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}_+B∈R+m×n​, costs c,d∈R+nc,d\in\mathbb R^n_+c,d∈R+n​ and a polyhedral set X⊆Rn\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn be given. For an uncertainty set U⊆Rm\mathcal U\subseteq\mathbb R^mU⊆Rm of right-hand sides, problem (1.1) is

zAR(U)=min⁡x∈X cTx+max⁡h∈U min⁡y(h)≥0{dTy(h) : Ax+By(h)≥h}.z_{AR}(\mathcal U)=\min_{x\in\mathcal X}\ c^Tx+\max_{h\in\mathcal U}\ \min_{y(h)\ge0}\big\{d^Ty(h)\ :\ Ax+By(h)\ge h\big\}.zAR​(U)=x∈Xmin​ cTx+h∈Umax​ y(h)≥0min​{dTy(h) : Ax+By(h)≥h}.

A first-stage xxx and a recourse rule y(⋅)y(\cdot)y(⋅) form a feasible solution when x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X and y(h)≥0y(h)\ge0y(h)≥0, Ax+By(h)≥hAx+By(h)\ge hAx+By(h)≥h for every h∈Uh\in\mathcal Uh∈U. The affine problem (2.1) restricts the rule to y(h)=Ph+qy(h)=Ph+qy(h)=Ph+q with P∈Rn×mP\in\mathbb R^{n\times m}P∈Rn×m, q∈Rnq\in\mathbb R^nq∈Rn (still requiring Ph+q≥0Ph+q\ge0Ph+q≥0 on U\mathcal UU); its value is zAff(U)≥zAR(U)z_{Aff}(\mathcal U)\ge z_{AR}(\mathcal U)zAff​(U)≥zAR​(U).

The budget of uncertainty set (1.2) with weights wi∈[0,1]w_i\in[0,1]wi​∈[0,1] is

U={h∈[0,1]m : ∑i=1mwihi≤1}.\mathcal U=\Big\{h\in[0,1]^m\ :\ \sum_{i=1}^mw_ih_i\le1\Big\}.U={h∈[0,1]m : i=1∑m​wi​hi​≤1}.

The fractional covering value (3.2) of a requirement hhh is z(h)=min⁡y≥0{dTy:By≥h}z(h)=\min_{y\ge0}\{d^Ty: By\ge h\}z(h)=miny≥0​{dTy:By≥h}, and z(W)=z(1(W))z(\mathcal W)=z(\mathbb 1(\mathcal W))z(W)=z(1(W)) for W⊆[m]\mathcal W\subseteq[m]W⊆[m]. Throughout, log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm and β=4log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n\beta=4\log n/\log\log nβ=4logn/loglogn.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

zAff(U)=O(log⁡nlog⁡log⁡n)⋅zAR(U)z_{Aff}(\mathcal U)=O\Big(\frac{\log n}{\log\log n}\Big)\cdot z_{AR}(\mathcal U)zAff​(U)=O(loglognlogn​)⋅zAR​(U)

for every instance with U\mathcal UU a budget of uncertainty set: there are C>0C>0C>0 and NNN such that zAff≤Clog⁡nlog⁡log⁡nzARz_{Aff}\le C\frac{\log n}{\log\log n}z_{AR}zAff​≤Cloglognlogn​zAR​ for all n≥Nn\ge Nn≥N, all mmm and all data. The constant is left unfixed, so the goal survives any improvement of the constant.

Milestones (the paper's proof, in order)

  1. Lemma 3.1 — the explicit affine solution (3.5), a linear part yLin(h)=∑i∈Iαihiviy_{Lin}(h)=\sum_{i\in\mathcal I}\alpha_ih_iv_iyLin​(h)=∑i∈I​αi​hi​vi​ plus a static part from (3.4), is feasible.
  2. Lemma 3.2 — the linear part costs at most β⋅OPT\beta\cdot\mathrm{OPT}β⋅OPT for every h∈Uh\in\mathcal Uh∈U.
  3. Lemmas B.1, B.2 — two Chernoff bounds for weighted sums of independent Bernoulli variables.
  4. Claims 3.1–3.3 — rescaling of the covering problem, and two probability bounds for a randomized rounding of a dual (packing) solution.
  5. Lemma 3.3 (structural result) — if covering each single row i∈Ji\in\mathcal Ji∈J costs more than 4γlog⁡nlog⁡log⁡nwi4\gamma\frac{\log n}{\log\log n}w_i4γloglognlogn​wi​, while every scenario W⊆J\mathcal W\subseteq\mathcal JW⊆J with ∑Wwi≤1\sum_{\mathcal W}w_i\le1∑W​wi​≤1 costs at most γ\gammaγ, then z(J)≤4γlog⁡nlog⁡log⁡nz(\mathcal J)\le4\gamma\frac{\log n}{\log\log n}z(J)≤4γloglognlogn​.
  6. Lemma 3.4 — the static part costs O(β)⋅OPTO(\beta)\cdot\mathrm{OPT}O(β)⋅OPT.

Significance

The result. The bound shows that affine policies are an optimal approximation for this class, up to a constant factor: no polynomial-time algorithm can beat them by more than a constant in the worst case (under the hardness assumption). It improves the earlier O(m)O(\sqrt m)O(m​) bound for budget sets exponentially, and it is the base case from which the paper derives bounds for intersections of budget constraints (Sections 4–5). Lemma 3.3 is a statement about fractional covering problems alone; it generalizes a set-cover result of Gupta, Nagarajan and Ravi (2014) to arbitrary non-negative matrices and weights, and improves its bound from O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn) to O(log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n)O(\log n/\log\log n)O(logn/loglogn).

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of it or of the structural lemma is known. A formal development would also settle the paper's slips: Claim 3.2's 1−O(1/n)1-O(1/n)1−O(1/n) does not follow from its proof (stated here in the explicit form the proof gives), Lemma B.2's strict inequality fails when μ=0\mu=0μ=0, and Lemma 3.3 needs nnn large.

Difficulty

Feasibility and the cost of the linear part follow directly from the construction. The difficulty is the static part, that is, Lemma 3.3. The obvious argument covers J\mathcal JJ by a union of cheap scenarios, and it fails: each scenario covers rows of total weight at most 111, there can be many disjoint scenarios, and adding up their costs gives a bound proportional to ∑i∈Jwi\sum_{i\in\mathcal J}w_i∑i∈J​wi​, which may be as large as mmm. The lemma asserts a bound that depends on nnn alone, at the rate log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n\log n/\log\log nlogn/loglogn of the hardness result. Any argument therefore has to exploit condition 1 (every single row is expensive) together with condition 2 across all 2∣J∣2^{|\mathcal J|}2∣J∣ scenarios at once. As printed, the lemma holds only for nnn large; for n=2n=2n=2 it is false.

Formalization scope

  • Data. Vectors are functions on Fin m, Fin n with the componentwise order; matrices are Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ; Lean index iii is the paper's i+1i+1i+1. First stage and recourse share the same dimension nnn, as on p. 1.
  • Values. zARz_{AR}zAR​, zAffz_{Aff}zAff​, z(h)z(h)z(h) and the static value zStaz_{Sta}zSta​ are infima in the extended reals, +∞+\infty+∞ when infeasible. The recourse is a function of hhh, which gives the same value as the paper's inner minimum. A formalization with real infima (equal to 000 on infeasible problems) or without Ph+q≥0Ph+q\ge0Ph+q≥0 would trivialize the goal and is excluded.
  • Standing assumptions of p. 1: B≥0B\ge0B≥0, c,d≥0c,d\ge0c,d≥0, X\mathcal XX polyhedral, wi∈[0,1]w_i\in[0,1]wi​∈[0,1]. The assumption "U⊆[0,1]m\mathcal U\subseteq[0,1]^mU⊆[0,1]m compact convex with ei∈Ue_i\in\mathcal Uei​∈U" holds for the budget set and is not added.
  • Added hypotheses and corrections. (i) cTx≥0c^Tx\ge0cTx≥0 for x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X: Theorem 3.1 is false without it, and it holds whenever X⊆R+n\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^n_+X⊆R+n​. (ii) n≥3n\ge3n≥3 where β>0\beta>0β>0 is needed, and a threshold N0N_0N0​ in Lemma 3.3. (iii) Lemma B.2 in non-strict form. (iv) Claim 3.2 with the explicit bound 1−n eδ/(1+δ)1+δ1-n\,e^\delta/(1+\delta)^{1+\delta}1−neδ/(1+δ)1+δ, δ=η/2−2\delta=\eta/2-2δ=η/2−2. (v) Covering solutions viv_ivi​ are required only for i∈Ii\in\mathcal Ii∈I.
  • Quantifiers. In the goal and in Lemmas 3.3, 3.4 the constants CCC, NNN, N0N_0N0​ are chosen before mmm and the instance; a constant allowed to depend on the instance would make the goal trivial.
  • Randomness is finite: independent Bernoulli selection with probabilities and expectations as finite sums, reusing the published definition SpectralSparsify.Sampling.BernoulliSubset. No measure theory is needed.
  • Infrastructure. LP strong duality (LinearOptimization.lp_strong_duality, proved on the platform) is a tool for Lemma 3.3. The Chernoff bounds and the structural lemma are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for Lemma 3.3, are welcome.

The source is arXiv:1807.00163v2; its printed page numbers equal the PDF page numbers.

Selected references

  • O. El Housni, V. Goyal, On the Optimality of Affine Policies for Budgeted Uncertainty Sets, arXiv:1807.00163v2, 2019; Mathematics of Operations Research 46(2), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1807.00163
  • D. Bertsimas, V. Goyal, On the power and limitations of affine policies in two-stage adaptive optimization, Mathematical Programming 134(2), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0444-4
  • U. Feige, K. Jain, M. Mahdian, V. Mirrokni, Robust combinatorial optimization with exponential scenarios, IPCO 2007, LNCS 4513 (cited as [19] in the source).
  • A. Gupta, V. Nagarajan, R. Ravi, Thresholded covering algorithms for robust and max–min optimization, Mathematical Programming 146(1–2), 2014 (cited as [21] in the source).
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Goryashko, E. Guslitzer, A. Nemirovski, Adjustable robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Mathematical Programming 99(2), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0454-y
  • P. Raghavan, Probabilistic construction of deterministic algorithms: approximating packing integer programs, FOCS 1986 (cited as [26] in the source).
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Coordinating Inventory Control and Pricing Strategies for Perishable Products 1: With Backlogging, the Profit-to-Go Is L♮-Concave and the Optimal Policy Is Monotone with Bounded SensitivityResearch Paper

Motivation

Food, blood and pharmaceuticals are perishable: a unit not sold within its lifetime is thrown away. A seller decides each period how much to order, which price to charge, and whether to dispose of stock early. A large stock of old units argues for a lower price and a smaller order.

Optimal policies for fixed-lifetime inventory are hard to characterize: the state is a vector of inventory levels by remaining lifetime (Fries 1975; Nahmias 1982), and later work turned largely to heuristics.

Chen, Pang and Pan (Oper. Res. 62(2), 2014) obtained structural results for the joint ordering, pricing and disposal problem with a positive replenishment lead time. They used L♮-concavity, a notion from discrete convex analysis (Murota 2003) that Zipkin (2008) used to analyze lost-sales inventory systems with lead times. This mission formalizes the paper's result for the case where unmet demand is backlogged.

Setting

A product with a lifetime of exactly l≥2l \ge 2l≥2 periods is reviewed periodically over a finite horizon of TTT periods. Orders arrive after a lead time of kkk periods, 0≤k<l0 \le k < l0≤k<l. Write L=l−1L = l - 1L=l−1.

Vectors and L♮-convexity. For vectors u,v∈Rnu, v \in \mathbb{R}^nu,v∈Rn, u∧vu \wedge vu∧v and u∨vu \vee vu∨v are the componentwise minimum and maximum, and eee is the all-ones vector. A set V\mathcal{V}V is L♮-convex if (u+αe)∧v(u + \alpha e) \wedge v(u+αe)∧v and u∨(v−αe)u \vee (v - \alpha e)u∨(v−αe) lie in V\mathcal{V}V for all u,v∈Vu, v \in \mathcal{V}u,v∈V and α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0. A function fff is L♮-convex on V\mathcal{V}V if moreover

f(u)+f(v)≥f((u+αe)∧v)+f(u∨(v−αe)),f(u) + f(v) \ge f\big((u + \alpha e) \wedge v\big) + f\big(u \vee (v - \alpha e)\big),f(u)+f(v)≥f((u+αe)∧v)+f(u∨(v−αe)),

and L♮-concave if −f-f−f is L♮-convex. The ordered sets are Vn,k={s∈Rn:s1≤⋯≤sk}\mathcal{V}_{n,k} = \{s \in \mathbb{R}^n : s_1 \le \dots \le s_k\}Vn,k​={s∈Rn:s1​≤⋯≤sk​}.

Data. The unit costs are ccc (ordering), h+h^+h+ (holding), h−h^-h− (backlogging) and θ\thetaθ (disposal), all nonnegative, and γ∈[0,1]\gamma \in [0, 1]γ∈[0,1] is the discount factor. The seller chooses the expected demand d∈D=[d‾,dˉ]d \in \mathcal{D} = [\underline d, \bar d]d∈D=[d​,dˉ] in place of the price. The price is P(d)P(d)P(d), strictly decreasing, and the expected revenue P(d)dP(d)dP(d)d is continuous and concave on D\mathcal{D}D. The realized demand is dt=d+εtd_t = d + \varepsilon_tdt​=d+εt​, where the noise terms are i.i.d. with mean zero and support in [A,B][A, B][A,B], A≤0≤BA \le 0 \le BA≤0≤B, and d‾+A≥0\underline d + A \ge 0d​+A≥0.

State and decisions. The state s=(s1,…,sl−1)s = (s_1, \dots, s_{l-1})s=(s1​,…,sl−1​) satisfies s1≤⋯≤sl−1s_1 \le \dots \le s_{l-1}s1​≤⋯≤sl−1​, so the state space is S=Vl−1,l−1\mathcal{S} = \mathcal{V}_{l-1,l-1}S=Vl−1,l−1​. The coordinate sis_isi​ is the inventory, net of backorders, with residual lifetime at most iii, including orders in transit. Each period the seller chooses:

  • an order-up-to level sl≥sl−1s_l \ge s_{l-1}sl​≥sl−1​;
  • a demand level d∈Dd \in \mathcal{D}d∈D;
  • after demand is realized, a depletion aaa with s1∨dt≤a≤sl−k∨dts_1 \vee d_t \le a \le s_{l-k} \vee d_ts1​∨dt​≤a≤sl−k​∨dt​, so a−dta - d_ta−dt​ units are disposed of.

The next state is s~=(s2−a,…,sl−a)\tilde s = (s_2 - a, \dots, s_l - a)s~=(s2​−a,…,sl​−a).

Recursion. The modified profit-to-go satisfies fT+1=0f_{T+1} = 0fT+1​=0 and

ft(s)=max⁡sl≥sl−1, d∈D{P(d)d+E[gt(s,sl,d∣εt)]},gt=max⁡s1∨dt≤a≤sl−k∨dtϕt,f_t(s) = \max_{s_l \ge s_{l-1},\ d \in \mathcal{D}} \Big\{ P(d)d + \mathbb{E}\big[g_t(s, s_l, d \mid \varepsilon_t)\big] \Big\}, \qquad g_t = \max_{s_1 \vee d_t \le a \le s_{l-k} \vee d_t} \phi_t,ft​(s)=sl​≥sl−1​, d∈Dmax​{P(d)d+E[gt​(s,sl​,d∣εt​)]},gt​=s1​∨dt​≤a≤sl−k​∨dt​max​ϕt​, ϕt(s,sl,d,a∣εt)=γc s~l−1−csl−θ(a−dt)−h+(sl−k−a)+−h−(a−sl−k)++γft+1(s~).\phi_t(s, s_l, d, a \mid \varepsilon_t) = \gamma c\,\tilde s_{l-1} - c s_l - \theta(a - d_t) - h^+(s_{l-k} - a)^+ - h^-(a - s_{l-k})^+ + \gamma f_{t+1}(\tilde s).ϕt​(s,sl​,d,a∣εt​)=γcs~l−1​−csl​−θ(a−dt​)−h+(sl−k​−a)+−h−(a−sl−k​)++γft+1​(s~).

In §4 the paper also assumes c≤h−/(1−γ)c \le h^-/(1 - \gamma)c≤h−/(1−γ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 291)

For t=1,…,T+1t = 1, \dots, T+1t=1,…,T+1, ftf_tft​, gtg_tgt​ and ϕt\phi_tϕt​ are L♮-concave in sss, (s,sl,d)(s, s_l, d)(s,sl​,d) and (s,sl,d,a)(s, s_l, d, a)(s,sl​,d,a). The largest optimal order-up-to level slt(s)s_{lt}(s)slt​(s) and demand level dt(s)d_t(s)dt​(s) are nondecreasing in sss, the optimal price is nonincreasing, and

slt(s+ωe)≤slt(s)+ω,dt(s+ωe)≤dt(s)+ω(ω≥0).s_{lt}(s + \omega e) \le s_{lt}(s) + \omega, \qquad d_t(s + \omega e) \le d_t(s) + \omega \qquad (\omega \ge 0).slt​(s+ωe)≤slt​(s)+ω,dt​(s+ωe)≤dt​(s)+ω(ω≥0).

The largest optimal depletion at(s,sl,d∣ε)a_t(s, s_l, d \mid \varepsilon)at​(s,sl​,d∣ε) is nondecreasing, and at(s+ωe,sl+ω,d+ω∣ε)≤at(s,sl,d∣ε)+ωa_t(s + \omega e, s_l + \omega, d + \omega \mid \varepsilon) \le a_t(s, s_l, d \mid \varepsilon) + \omegaat​(s+ωe,sl​+ω,d+ω∣ε)≤at​(s,sl​,d∣ε)+ω.

Milestones

  • The ordered sets Vn,k\mathcal{V}_{n,k}Vn,k​, Vn,k+\mathcal{V}^+_{n,k}Vn,k+​ are L♮-convex (p. 287).
  • Lemma 1: g(x,ξ)=f(x−ξe)g(x, \xi) = f(x - \xi e)g(x,ξ)=f(x−ξe) is L♮-convex when fff is (p. 287).
  • Lemma 2: partial minimization over an L♮-convex set preserves L♮-convexity (p. 287).
  • The set {a≥s1∨dt}\{a \ge s_1 \vee d_t\}{a≥s1​∨dt​} is L♮-convex (p. 291).
  • The bound ft+1(s~′)−ft+1(s~)≤(θ+c)δf_{t+1}(\tilde s') - f_{t+1}(\tilde s) \le (\theta + c)\deltaft+1​(s~′)−ft+1​(s~)≤(θ+c)δ for the next states generated by a′>a≥sl−k∨dta' > a \ge s_{l-k}\vee d_ta′>a≥sl−k​∨dt​ (p. 291).
  • (9): ϕt\phi_tϕt​ is nonincreasing in aaa beyond sl−k∨dts_{l-k} \vee d_tsl−k​∨dt​, so the upper bound on aaa can be dropped (p. 291).
  • Lemma 3: the largest minimizer of an L♮-convex function is monotone, with ξ(x+ωe)≤ξ(x)+ω\xi(x + \omega e) \le \xi(x) + \omegaξ(x+ωe)≤ξ(x)+ω (p. 287).
  • The first sentence of Theorem 1, the L♮-concavity of ftf_tft​, gtg_tgt​, ϕt\phi_tϕt​.
  • Corollary 1: monotone sensitivity of the order quantity and the demand level in each age class (p. 292).
  • Proposition 1: if θ≥h+/(1−γ)\theta \ge h^+/(1-\gamma)θ≥h+/(1−γ), depleting only dt∨s1d_t \vee s_1dt​∨s1​ is optimal (p. 292).

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 gives a qualitative description of the optimal policy in a model where no closed form is available. Fresher inventory leads to ordering less and charging more. One more unit of inventory of any age raises the order-up-to level and the demand level by at most one unit. Corollary 1 refines this by age: the order quantity is most sensitive to young inventory, and the price discount is most sensitive to inventory close to expiry. These properties underlie the bounds and heuristics of §6 of the paper.

The formalization. The result is proved in the paper, but parts of the argument are informal: the (θ+c)δ(\theta + c)\delta(θ+c)δ bound is a coupling argument, existence of optimal solutions is "straightforward to check and thus omitted", and Lemmas 1–3 are stated without proof. A formalization makes the induction checkable and yields a reusable library of L♮-convexity on real vectors with domains, used by the wider family of inventory models built on the same technique. None of these results is known to be machine-checked.

Difficulty

The obvious induction, that each step of the recursion preserves L♮-concavity, fails at the depletion problem (5): its constraint set is not L♮-convex, because of the upper bound a≤sl−k∨dta \le s_{l-k} \vee d_ta≤sl−k​∨dt​, so Lemma 2 does not apply. The bound must first be shown inactive, which needs a quantitative estimate of how the profit-to-go changes when backorders are added, a property of the value function itself.

Lemma 3 handles a scalar decision, while Theorem 1 has a pair (sl,d)(s_l, d)(sl​,d) and needs the componentwise-largest maximizer; every supremum and expectation must also be shown to be finite.

Formalization scope

  • Carrier. The paper treats F∈{R,Z}\mathbb{F} \in \{\mathbb{R}, \mathbb{Z}\}F∈{R,Z} at once. The mission formalizes the real case only.

  • L♮-convexity. Functions are real-valued on an explicit domain set, which is the paper's own convention for "L♮-convex on a set". The submodularity characterization is not used as the definition.

  • Indexing. States are Fin L → ℝ with L=l−1≥1L = l - 1 \ge 1L=l−1≥1, indexed from 0, and the lead time satisfies k≤Lk \le Lk≤L. The paper's sl−ks_{l-k}sl−k​ is coordinate L−kL - kL−k of (s1,…,sl)(s_1, \dots, s_l)(s1​,…,sl​): at k=0k = 0k=0 it is the decision sls_lsl​, and at k=Lk = Lk=L it is s1s_1s1​.

  • Time. Time is counted in periods to go, which is faithful because the data are stationary. f 0 = 0 is fT+1f_{T+1}fT+1​. The parts of Theorem 1 about gtg_tgt​, ϕt\phi_tϕt​ and decisions cover the decision periods t≤Tt \le Tt≤T.

  • Suprema and expectations. Every maximum is sSup of the image of a nonempty feasible set that is bounded above. Expectations are Bochner integrals against the noise law μ\muμ.

  • Optimal decisions. Largest optimal decisions are hypotheses at the points compared; at γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1, k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 no largest order-up-to level exists in the last period.

  • Standing assumptions. All the §3 assumptions (nonnegative costs, γ∈[0,1]\gamma \in [0,1]γ∈[0,1], strictly decreasing PPP, continuous concave revenue, zero-mean noise with support in [A,B][A, B][A,B], d‾+A≥0\underline d + A \ge 0d​+A≥0) are fields of the model structure. The §4 assumption c≤h−/(1−γ)c \le h^-/(1-\gamma)c≤h−/(1−γ) is a hypothesis (1−γ)c≤h−(1-\gamma)c \le h^-(1−γ)c≤h− of every §4 statement.

  • Corrected slips.

    • The paper sets ft=+∞f_t = +\inftyft​=+∞ off S\mathcal{S}S, a slip for −∞-\infty−∞. The Lean evaluates ftf_tft​ on S\mathcal{S}S only.
    • In Lemma 3, "ξ(x)+ω∈dom(f)\xi(x) + \omega \in \mathrm{dom}(f)ξ(x)+ω∈dom(f)" reads x+ωe∈dom(f)x + \omega e \in \mathrm{dom}(f)x+ωe∈dom(f).
    • The final "<0< 0<0" of (9) is stated as "≤0\le 0≤0". It is an equality when h−=0h^- = 0h−=0 and either γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1 or θ=0\theta = 0θ=0.
    • Proposition 1 needs γ<1\gamma < 1γ<1 for its quotient, and it asserts that dt∨s1d_t \vee s_1dt​∨s1​ is optimal, not that it is unique.
  • Ruled-out formalizations. Any of the following would trivialize the mission:

    • defining ftf_tft​ as an arbitrary L♮-concave function, or taking the continuation in ϕt\phi_tϕt​ as a hypothesis-bound function;
    • dropping the upper bound a≤sl−k∨dta \le s_{l-k} \vee d_ta≤sl−k​∨dt​ from the depletion interval;
    • restricting to l=2l = 2l=2.

    The value functions here are the model's own recursion, for every l≥2l \ge 2l≥2.

  • What is needed. L♮-convexity on Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn with domains (shifts, sums, expectations, partial maximization, comparative statics for largest maximizers) and integrability of gtg_tgt​ in the noise; all reusable. Proofs of single milestones are welcome.

  • Source. The source is the published Operations Research article; in the copy held, printed page = PDF page + 282.

Selected references

  • X. Chen, Z. Pang, L. Pan, Coordinating Inventory Control and Pricing Strategies for Perishable Products, Operations Research 62(2):284–300, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1261
  • P. Zipkin, On the Structure of Lost-Sales Inventory Models, Operations Research 56(4):937–944, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0482
  • K. Murota, Discrete Convex Analysis, SIAM Monographs on Discrete Mathematics and Applications, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718508
  • B. Fries, Optimal Ordering Policy for a Perishable Commodity with Fixed Lifetime, Operations Research 23(1):46–61, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.23.1.46
  • S. Nahmias, Perishable Inventory Theory: A Review, Operations Research 30(4):680–708, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.30.4.680
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Markov Decision Processes: Beyond Rectangularity 1: Under r-Rectangular Factor Uncertainty, Robust Value Iteration Converges to the Optimal Worst-Case Value, Attained by a Deterministic PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision process (MDP) is optimized for a transition kernel that, in practice, is estimated from data, and the optimal policy for the estimated kernel can perform poorly under small perturbations of it. The robust MDP approach replaces the single kernel by an uncertainty set of kernels and asks for the policy with the best worst-case expected reward. It goes back to Satia and Lave (1973).

Whether a robust MDP is tractable depends on the shape of the uncertainty set.

  • 2005. Iyengar and Nilim and El Ghaoui treat (s,a)-rectangular sets, in which every row PsaP_{sa}Psa​ is chosen independently. An optimal robust policy is stationary and deterministic, and robust value iteration computes it.
  • 2013. Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem treat s-rectangular sets. Optimal robust policies are stationary but may need randomization. For general uncertainty sets, computing an optimal robust policy is strongly NP-hard.
  • 2018. Goh et al. introduce factor-based uncertainty for a medical cost-effectiveness application and evaluate the worst case of a fixed policy.
  • 2021–2023. Goyal and Grand-Clément compute optimal robust policies for factor uncertainty with independent factors. This mission formalizes that result.

Rectangular sets let the adversary choose the transitions out of different states independently, which is conservative when all transitions depend on a few common factors, such as a patient's physiology across health states. Factor uncertainty couples the states, and it is the first coupled model in which an optimal robust policy can still be computed.

Setting

There are finite sets of states S\mathbb SS and actions A\mathbb AA, with S=∣S∣S = |\mathbb S|S=∣S∣ and A=∣A∣A=|\mathbb A|A=∣A∣. The rewards satisfy rsa≥0r_{sa}\ge 0rsa​≥0, p0p_0p0​ is an initial distribution on S\mathbb SS, and λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1) is the discount factor. Fix rrr factors indexed by [r][r][r] and coefficients usai≥0u^i_{sa}\ge0usai​≥0 with ∑iusai=1\sum_i u^i_{sa}=1∑i​usai​=1. A factor matrix W=(w1,…,wr)W=(w_1,\dots,w_r)W=(w1​,…,wr​) has probability vectors wiw_iwi​ on S\mathbb SS as columns, and it induces the kernel

Psas′=∑i=1rusai wi,s′.P_{sas'}=\sum_{i=1}^r u^i_{sa}\,w_{i,s'} .Psas′​=i=1∑r​usai​wi,s′​.

The uncertainty set is a nonempty convex compact set W\mathcal WW of factor matrices. It is r-rectangular if W=W1×⋯×Wr\mathcal W=\mathcal W^1\times\cdots\times\mathcal W^rW=W1×⋯×Wr, so that each factor is chosen independently of the others.

A stationary policy π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π gives a distribution πs\pi_sπs​ on A\mathbb AA at each state. It is deterministic if each πs\pi_sπs​ is a point mass. Write rπ=(∑aπsarsa)sr_\pi=(\sum_a\pi_{sa}r_{sa})_srπ​=(∑a​πsa​rsa​)s​ and Tπ=(∑aπsausai)s,iT_\pi=(\sum_a \pi_{sa}u^i_{sa})_{s,i}Tπ​=(∑a​πsa​usai​)s,i​. The decision maker's value function and the expected discounted reward are

vπ,W=∑t≥0λt(TπW⊤)trπ,R(π,W)=p0⊤vπ,W.v^{\pi,W}=\sum_{t\ge0}\lambda^t (T_\pi W^\top)^t r_\pi, \qquad R(\pi,W)=p_0^\top v^{\pi,W}.vπ,W=t≥0∑​λt(Tπ​W⊤)trπ​,R(π,W)=p0⊤​vπ,W.

The policy evaluation problem computes z(π)=min⁡W∈WR(π,W)z(\pi)=\min_{W\in\mathcal W}R(\pi,W)z(π)=minW∈W​R(π,W). The policy improvement problem computes z∗=max⁡π∈Πz(π)z^*=\max_{\pi\in\Pi}z(\pi)z∗=maxπ∈Π​z(π). Let

F(v)s=max⁡a∈A{rsa+λ∑i=1rusaimin⁡wi∈Wiwi⊤v}.F(v)_s=\max_{a\in\mathbb A}\Big\{r_{sa}+\lambda\sum_{i=1}^r u^i_{sa}\min_{w_i\in\mathcal W^i}w_i^\top v\Big\}.F(v)s​=a∈Amax​{rsa​+λi=1∑r​usai​wi​∈Wimin​wi⊤​v}.

Algorithm VI-PI is the iteration v0=0v^0=0v0=0, vk+1=F(vk)v^{k+1}=F(v^k)vk+1=F(vk).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1, by its mathematical content

Assume W\mathcal WW is r-rectangular. Then FFF has a unique fixed point v∗v^*v∗, and

z∗=max⁡π∈Πmin⁡W∈WR(π,W)=p0⊤v∗,vk→v∗.z^*=\max_{\pi\in\Pi}\min_{W\in\mathcal W}R(\pi,W)=p_0^\top v^*,\qquad v^k\to v^* .z∗=π∈Πmax​W∈Wmin​R(π,W)=p0⊤​v∗,vk→v∗.

Write θ(ε)=ε(1−λ)(2λ)−1\theta(\varepsilon)=\varepsilon(1-\lambda)(2\lambda)^{-1}θ(ε)=ε(1−λ)(2λ)−1. If ∥vk+1−vk∥∞<θ(ε)\|v^{k+1}-v^k\|_\infty<\theta(\varepsilon)∥vk+1−vk∥∞​<θ(ε), then ∥vk+1−v∗∥∞≤ε\|v^{k+1}-v^*\|_\infty\le\varepsilon∥vk+1−v∗∥∞​≤ε, and the deterministic policy that VI-PI computes at that iteration is ε\varepsilonε-optimal. The test is passed as soon as λkmax⁡r<θ(ε)\lambda^k\max r<\theta(\varepsilon)λkmaxr<θ(ε).

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's route to the goal.

  1. The adversary's Bellman recursion (Proposition 3.1).
  2. The identity W⊤vπ,W=βπ,WW^\top v^{\pi,W}=\beta^{\pi,W}W⊤vπ,W=βπ,W (Lemma 4.3).
  3. The resolvent and linear-programming forms of z(π)z(\pi)z(π) (Lemmas A.2, A.3).
  4. The monotone contraction φ(π,⋅)\varphi(\pi,\cdot)φ(π,⋅) (Appendix A).
  5. The reformulation of z(π)z(\pi)z(π) with constraints βi≤min⁡wiwi⊤(rπ+λTπβ)\beta_i\le\min_{w_i}w_i^\top(r_\pi+\lambda T_\pi\beta)βi​≤minwi​​wi⊤​(rπ​+λTπ​β) (Lemma 3.3).
  6. The existence of a deterministic optimal robust policy (Lemma 4.1).
  7. The saddle point and the min-max duality (Theorem 4.2):
max⁡π∈Πmin⁡W∈WR(π,W)=min⁡W∈Wmax⁡π∈ΠR(π,W).\max_{\pi\in\Pi}\min_{W\in\mathcal W}R(\pi,W)=\min_{W\in\mathcal W}\max_{\pi\in\Pi}R(\pi,W).π∈Πmax​W∈Wmin​R(π,W)=W∈Wmin​π∈Πmax​R(π,W).
  1. The monotone contraction FFF (Lemma E.1).
  2. The fixed-point equation (5.1).

Theorem 3.2, the policy-evaluation analogue of the goal (Algorithm VI-PE), is included as a further item.

Significance

The theorem shows that factor uncertainty, in which transitions out of different states are coupled, is as tractable as (s,a)-rectangular uncertainty, provided the factors are independent. An optimal robust policy exists among deterministic stationary policies, the robust and nominal problems share a saddle point, and value iteration on a λ\lambdaλ-contraction computes the robust value. The structure is also what the companion mission builds on: the robust maximum principle and robust Blackwell optimality are derived from (5.1) and Theorem 4.2.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them is formalized: no factor-matrix robust MDP exists in Lean. The platform's robust-MDP items for (s,a)-rectangular sets (Nilim–El Ghaoui, Iyengar) and s-rectangular sets (Wiesemann et al.) are other uncertainty models and do not specialize to this one. A formal proof would also check a printed statement, since one clause of Theorem 4.2 needs correcting (see below).

Difficulty

The obvious argument writes a robust Bellman equation state by state and appeals to the contraction principle. Here that argument fails. Under factor uncertainty the adversary cannot choose the transitions out of each state separately, because one factor wiw_iwi​ enters every row PsaP_{sa}Psa​ with usai>0u^i_{sa}>0usai​>0. Minimizing state by state therefore yields kernels that need not come from a single feasible WWW. The decision maker's equation for vvv does not close on its own.

The step that requires care links two dynamic programs, the decision maker's over S\mathbb SS and the adversary's over [r][r][r], and shows that factor-wise minimization is feasible. That is where r-rectangularity enters. The paper's Appendix A gives an instance in which the factor-wise minimizers are infeasible once a constraint couples the factors.

Formalization scope

  • States and actions are arbitrary finite types. A\mathbb AA is nonempty, and S\mathbb SS is nonempty because p0p_0p0​ is a distribution. Factors are indexed by Fin r (0-based).
  • W\mathcal WW is a set of maps Fin r → S → ℝ whose values are probability vectors. It is nonempty, convex and compact. Nonemptiness is implicit in the paper and explicit here. Wi\mathcal W^iWi is the projection of W\mathcal WW, and r-rectangularity is a hypothesis (IsRRect). Proposition 3.1, Lemmas 4.3, A.2 and A.3, and both contraction statements are stated without it. Lemma 3.3 is stated with it, since it is false without it.
  • Rewards are nonnegative, as on p. 1. The discount satisfies 0<λ<10<\lambda<10<λ<1 in every statement.
  • vπ,Wv^{\pi,W}vπ,W and the adversary's value βπ,W\beta^{\pi,W}βπ,W are discounted sums, never solutions of a Bellman equation by definition. Defining them as fixed points would make Proposition 3.1, Lemma 4.3 and (5.1) true by definition.
  • Every min and max is attained. Statements use IsLeast/IsGreatest, and Lemma A.2 states the invertibility of I−λW⊤TπI-\lambda W^\top T_\piI−λW⊤Tπ​, because Lean's matrix inverse is 000 on singular matrices.
  • FFF is stated with a maximum over actions. The paper (p. 10) says this is equivalent to its maximum over πs∈Δ\pi_s\in\Deltaπs​∈Δ. Lemma E.1 and the contraction of φ\varphiφ are stated on all of RS\mathbb R^SRS and Rr\mathbb R^rRr.
  • Not formalized: the count of arithmetic operations in Theorems 3.2 and 5.1, and the ε\varepsilonε-optimization oracle of Assumption 2.4 that it counts. The iteration count is stated explicitly instead.
  • Corrections. The paper states (4.6) for every robust solution (π∗,W∗)(\pi^*,W^*)(π∗,W∗) with π∗\pi^*π∗ deterministic. That claim is false: a two-state instance has every policy robust-optimal, yet one robust solution is not nominally optimal against its own W∗W^*W∗. Theorem 4.2 and (5.1) are stated in existence form, which is the form the proof of Theorem 5.1 uses.
  • A goal that kept only the convergence vk→v∗v^k\to v^*vk→v∗ would be a different and weaker theorem. The goal also requires z∗=p0⊤v∗z^*=p_0^\top v^*z∗=p0⊤​v∗, the stopping rule, and the ε\varepsilonε-optimality of the computed deterministic policy.

Reusable infrastructure includes the discounted value of a stationary policy for a stochastic matrix, monotone sup-norm contractions with the standard stopping rule, and minimization of linear forms over compact sets. Contributions to any of these are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Goyal, J. Grand-Clément, Robust Markov Decision Processes: Beyond Rectangularity, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023; preprint arXiv:1811.00215v8, 2021 (the version formalized). https://arxiv.org/abs/1811.00215 · https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2022.1259
  • A. Nilim, L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition probabilities, Operations Research 53(5), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • G. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, B. Rustem, Robust Markov decision processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 38(1), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0566
  • J. Goh, M. Bayati, S. A. Zenios, S. Singh, D. Moore, Data uncertainty in Markov chains: application to cost-effectiveness analyses of medical innovations, Operations Research 66(3), 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2017.1685
  • J. K. Satia, R. L. Lave, Markov decision processes with uncertain transition probabilities, Operations Research 21(3), 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.21.3.728
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationMechanism Design·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Design for Multi-Item Auctions: A Robust Optimization Approach: The Robust Optimal Mechanism Is Incentive Compatible, Budget Feasible and Individually RationalResearch Paper

Motivation

Designing a revenue-maximizing auction for several items is hard once buyers have budgets. Myerson's optimal auction (Myerson 1981) solves the single-item problem without budgets, under a known prior on the buyers' values. With several items, correlated values or budget constraints, no comparable characterization is known, and the Bayesian formulation requires a prior the seller rarely has.

Bandi and Bertsimas (2014) replace the prior by an uncertainty set: a set U\mathcal UU of valuation matrices that the seller considers possible. The seller then maximizes worst-case revenue over U\mathcal UU, subject to incentive compatibility, budget feasibility and individual rationality. This is the approach of robust optimization (Ben-Tal and Nemirovski 1998; Bertsimas and Sim 2004) applied to mechanism design. The paper's central object is a mechanism built from linear optimization problems, the robust optimal mechanism ROM. It looks like a Vickrey–Clarke–Groves mechanism with reservation prices that depend on both the buyer and the item.

Setting

There are nnn buyers N={1,…,n}\mathcal N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n} and mmm divisible items M={1,…,m}\mathcal M=\{1,\dots,m\}M={1,…,m}. A valuation vector is an n×mn\times mn×m real matrix v=(vij)\mathbf v=(v_{ij})v=(vij​), with vijv_{ij}vij​ buyer iii's value for one unit of item jjj. The uncertainty set U\mathcal UU is a set of such matrices, and B1,…,BnB_1,\dots,B_nB1​,…,Bn​ are public budgets. Writing (ui,v−i)(\mathbf u_i,\mathbf v_{-i})(ui​,v−i​) for v\mathbf vv with row iii replaced by ui\mathbf u_iui​, a mechanism assigns to each bid vector v∈U\mathbf v\in\mathcal Uv∈U an allocation xv≥0x^{\mathbf v}\ge 0xv≥0 and payments pvp^{\mathbf v}pv. It is feasible for the robust auction LP (5) if, for all v∈U\mathbf v\in\mathcal Uv∈U and i∈Ni\in\mathcal Ni∈N:

  • (7) ∑ixijv≤1\sum_i x^{\mathbf v}_{ij}\le 1∑i​xijv​≤1 for every item jjj;
  • (8) ∑jvijxij(ui,v−i)−pi(ui,v−i)≤∑jvijxijv−piv\sum_j v_{ij}x^{(\mathbf u_i,\mathbf v_{-i})}_{ij}-p^{(\mathbf u_i,\mathbf v_{-i})}_i\le\sum_j v_{ij}x^{\mathbf v}_{ij}-p^{\mathbf v}_i∑j​vij​xij(ui​,v−i​)​−pi(ui​,v−i​)​≤∑j​vij​xijv​−piv​ whenever (ui,v−i)∈U(\mathbf u_i,\mathbf v_{-i})\in\mathcal U(ui​,v−i​)∈U (incentive compatibility);
  • (9) piv≤Bip^{\mathbf v}_i\le B_ipiv​≤Bi​ (budget feasibility);
  • (10) piv≤∑jvijxijvp^{\mathbf v}_i\le\sum_j v_{ij}x^{\mathbf v}_{ij}piv​≤∑j​vij​xijv​ (individual rationality).

ROM has two stages. ROM.a runs before any bid. It picks a valuation z∈U\mathbf z\in\mathcal Uz∈U and a nominal allocation x∗\mathbf x^*x∗ solving the robust optimization problem (12). For each buyer it picks a minimizer u~i∈U\tilde{\mathbf u}^i\in\mathcal Uu~i∈U of ∑jxij∗uij\sum_j x^*_{ij}u_{ij}∑j​xij∗​uij​ (14), and an optimal solution (ξ∗,η∗,θ∗)(\xi^*,\eta^*,\theta^*)(ξ∗,η∗,θ∗) of a linear program (13). It then sets reservation prices rij∗=ξj∗+ηi∗zij+θi∗zijr^*_{ij}=\xi^*_j+\eta^*_iz_{ij}+\theta^*_iz_{ij}rij∗​=ξj∗​+ηi∗​zij​+θi∗​zij​ (15). ROM.b runs on the bids v\mathbf vv:

  • it maximizes ∑i,jyij(vij−rij∗)\sum_{i,j}y_{ij}(v_{ij}-r^*_{ij})∑i,j​yij​(vij​−rij∗​) over a polyhedron P\mathcal PP (16), (18), and for each buyer kkk the same objective without buyer kkk over a polyhedron Qk\mathcal Q_kQk​ (17), (19);
  • it allocates av=x∗+yva^{\mathbf v}=\mathbf x^*+\mathbf y^{\mathbf v}av=x∗+yv (20) and charges VCG-type payments pvp^{\mathbf v}pv (21).

The Lean development uses the same names: ROMData for the chosen optimizers, IsROMa, IsROM, rStar, PSet, QSet, alloc, pay, and IsFeasibleMechanism for (7)–(10).

Formalization targets

Goal: ROM is feasible for (5)

For every uncertainty set of nonnegative valuation matrices, every nonnegative budget vector and every choice of optimal solutions of (12), (13), (14), (16), (17):

(a,p) satisfies (7), a≥0, (8), (9), (10) on U.(a,p)\ \text{satisfies (7)},\ a\ge 0,\ \text{(8)},\ \text{(9)},\ \text{(10) on } \mathcal U.(a,p) satisfies (7), a≥0, (8), (9), (10) on U.

This is the feasibility half of the paper's Theorem 1; its proof (p. 1025) says "the feasibility follows from Propositions 3–5".

Milestones

  • Proposition 2 (p. 1020): the relations (22)–(27) among z,x∗,ξ∗,η∗,θ∗,r∗\mathbf z,\mathbf x^*,\xi^*,\eta^*,\theta^*,r^*z,x∗,ξ∗,η∗,θ∗,r∗, among them xij∗rij∗=xij∗zijx^*_{ij}r^*_{ij}=x^*_{ij}z_{ij}xij∗​rij∗​=xij∗​zij​ and ∑jxij∗rij∗≤Bi\sum_jx^*_{ij}r^*_{ij}\le B_i∑j​xij∗​rij∗​≤Bi​.
  • Proposition 3 (p. 1021): ROM satisfies (8).
  • Proposition 4 (p. 1022): ROM satisfies (9).
  • Proposition 5 (p. 1023): ROM satisfies (10).

Significance

The result shows that a mechanism specified by the paper's optimization problems is incentive compatible, budget feasible and individually rational over an arbitrary uncertainty set. No distributional assumption is made, and multiple items and budgets are allowed. Proposition 2 also records the identity between the total reserved revenue and the optimal value of the auxiliary program (13).

Status. The paper's main claim, Theorem 1, says that ROM is optimal for (5), i.e. that it maximizes worst-case revenue. That claim is false as printed, and so is Proposition 6 (the worst case of ROM is attained at z\mathbf zz). Small counterexamples refute both:

  • with one buyer, one item, U={1,2}\mathcal U=\{1,2\}U={1,2} and a large budget, some choice of optimal dual solution in (13) makes ROM's worst-case revenue 000, while a posted price of 111 earns 111;
  • with two buyers, one item and U={(1,2),(2,1)}\mathcal U=\{(1,2),(2,1)\}U={(1,2),(2,1)}, full surplus extraction earns 222, while ROM earns at most 111 for every choice of optimizers.

The feasibility half is true, and this mission formalizes exactly that half. No result of this paper is on Prove2Me yet, and no machine-checked proof of it is known.

Difficulty

The difficulty lies in the definitions and in how many problems interlock, not in any single deep step. ROM is defined through five optimization problems, none with a unique solution. The payments (21) of a buyer depend on the optimizer chosen in (17), which may differ between a truthful and a deviating bid vector. Incentive compatibility must therefore rest on properties of optimal values, not of particular optimizers. The robust constraints of (12) and (18) range over the whole of U\mathcal UU, which may be infinite. Relating x∗\mathbf x^*x∗ to the multipliers of (13) requires replacing the robust constraint by a finite one before linear programming duality applies. Budget feasibility requires comparing two polyhedra whose budget rows differ by a term involving θ∗\theta^*θ∗ and u~i\tilde{\mathbf u}^iu~i. Neighbouring statements in the same section (Theorem 1, Proposition 6) are false, so no step can be taken on the paper's word.

Formalization scope

Buyers are Fin n and items Fin m. A valuation matrix is Fin n → Fin m → ℝ, the uncertainty set an arbitrary Set of them, and (ui,v−i)(\mathbf u_i,\mathbf v_{-i})(ui​,v−i​) is Function.update v i u_i. Every optimizer is a field of ROMData. IsROMa/IsROM assert optimality for exactly the page's problems, built from the same z\mathbf zz, x∗\mathbf x^*x∗, θ∗\theta^*θ∗, u~i\tilde{\mathbf u}^iu~i. Every statement holds for every such choice, never for one canonical selection. Allocation and payments are 000 for bids outside U\mathcal UU (step 1 of ROM.b); constraints (7)–(10) are imposed only on U\mathcal UU.

Committed conventions and additions to the page:

  • Nonnegative valuations (uij≥0u_{ij}\ge 0uij​≥0 for u∈U\mathbf u\in\mathcal Uu∈U) and nonnegative budgets are standing assumptions the paper uses without stating. The proof of Proposition 5 invokes "u~kj\tilde u_{kj}u~kj​ ... nonnegative", and (12) is infeasible for negative budgets. Both are explicit hypotheses.
  • No finiteness, boundedness or convexity of U\mathcal UU is assumed. Existence of the optimizers is part of the hypothesis IsROM, and its satisfiability has been checked on a one-buyer, one-item instance.
  • Payments may be negative; no p≥0p\ge 0p≥0 is imposed, as (5) has none.
  • In Qk\mathcal Q_kQk​ row kkk is only nonnegative; it enters neither constraint nor objective.
  • Printed slip corrected: in (18) the term ∑jxkj∗θi∗u~ji\sum_jx^*_{kj}\theta^*_i\tilde u^i_j∑j​xkj∗​θi∗​u~ji​ has an unbound kkk and is read as ∑jxij∗θi∗u~ji\sum_jx^*_{ij}\theta^*_i\tilde u^i_j∑j​xij∗​θi∗​u~ji​, matching (13) and (34).
  • The paper's optimality claims (Theorem 1, Proposition 6), the objective (5)–(6) and the dual (11) are deliberately not part of the mission.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the optimizers are not fixed to degenerate values (such as θ∗=0\theta^*=0θ∗=0 or a canonical y\mathbf yy), constraint (8) ranges over all deviations that stay in U\mathcal UU with the true values multiplying both allocations, and the hypotheses are jointly satisfiable.

A complete development needs finite-dimensional LP duality and complementary slackness (for Proposition 2), and finite-sum manipulation over Fin n with one index removed. LP duality lemmas in matrix form are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, and on general LP duality statements stated in a form that applies directly to (33)–(34).

Selected references

  • S. Bandi, D. Bertsimas, Optimal Design for Multi-Item Auctions: A Robust Optimization Approach, Mathematics of Operations Research 39(4):1012–1038, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2014.0645
  • R. B. Myerson, Optimal Auction Design, Mathematics of Operations Research 6(1):58–73, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.6.1.58
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Nemirovski, Robust Convex Optimization, Mathematics of Operations Research 23(4):769–805, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.23.4.769
  • D. Bertsimas, M. Sim, The Price of Robustness, Operations Research 52(1):35–53, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0065
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Soft Robust Model for Optimization Under Ambiguity: For Every δ > 0, Soft Robust Feasibility Is a Convex Risk Measure Constraint, and Every Normalized Convex Risk Measure Arises This WayResearch Paper

Motivation

Optimization under uncertainty usually fixes one probability distribution P\mathbb PP for the uncertain data and optimizes an expected payoff, or fixes a set Q\mathcal QQ of distributions and protects against the worst one (robust optimization). The first is sensitive to a misspecified P\mathbb PP; the second can be very conservative, because it treats a barely plausible distribution exactly like the nominal one. Ben-Tal, Bertsimas and Brown (Oper. Res. 58(4), 2010) propose a graded alternative, the soft robust model: the decision maker accepts a loss of at most ε\varepsilonε in expected payoff under every distribution of a set Q(ε)\mathcal Q(\varepsilon)Q(ε), simultaneously for all levels ε\varepsilonε up to a budget δ\deltaδ. Larger sets of distributions are allowed a larger shortfall.

The paper's central result, Theorem 2.1, shows that this model is exactly a constraint on a convex risk measure in the sense of Föllmer and Schied (Finance Stoch. 6, 2002), and that every normalized convex risk measure arises from some soft robust model. This connects distributionally robust optimization with the theory of monetary risk measures, and gives a tractable convex reformulation of soft robust constraints. Related earlier work connected coherent risk measures with standard robust optimization (Bertsimas and Brown, Oper. Res. 57(6), 2009).

Setting

Let (Ω,F)(\Omega,\mathcal F)(Ω,F) be a measurable space and P\mathcal PP the set of all probability measures on it. A decision xxx ranges over a nonempty, closed, convex set X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn; a random variable u:Ω→Rmu:\Omega\to\mathbb R^mu:Ω→Rm carries the uncertain parameters, and f(x,u(ω))f(x,u(\omega))f(x,u(ω)) is the payoff, concave in x∈Xx\in Xx∈X for every ω\omegaω. For each x∈Xx\in Xx∈X the random variable f(x)=f(x,u(⋅))f(x)=f(x,u(\cdot))f(x)=f(x,u(⋅)) is assumed bounded and measurable.

A family of measures is Q={Q(ε)⊆P:ε≥0}\mathbf Q=\{\mathcal Q(\varepsilon)\subseteq\mathcal P:\varepsilon\ge0\}Q={Q(ε)⊆P:ε≥0}. It is nondecreasing if Q(ε1)⊆Q(ε2)\mathcal Q(\varepsilon_1)\subseteq\mathcal Q(\varepsilon_2)Q(ε1​)⊆Q(ε2​) for ε1≤ε2\varepsilon_1\le\varepsilon_2ε1​≤ε2​, and convex if Qi∈Q(εi)\mathbb Q_i\in\mathcal Q(\varepsilon_i)Qi​∈Q(εi​) implies λQ1+(1−λ)Q2∈Q(λε1+(1−λ)ε2)\lambda\mathbb Q_1+(1-\lambda)\mathbb Q_2\in\mathcal Q(\lambda\varepsilon_1+(1-\lambda)\varepsilon_2)λQ1​+(1−λ)Q2​∈Q(λε1​+(1−λ)ε2​) for λ∈[0,1]\lambda\in[0,1]λ∈[0,1]. The standing assumptions are that Q\mathbf QQ is nondecreasing and convex and that Q(0)≠∅\mathcal Q(0)\neq\emptysetQ(0)=∅. The soft robust feasible set at level δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0 is

XQ(δ)={x∈X: inf⁡Q∈Q(ε)EQ[f(x)] ≥ −ε∀ ε∈[0,δ]}.(5)X^Q(\delta)=\Big\{x\in X:\ \inf_{\mathbb Q\in\mathcal Q(\varepsilon)}\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[f(x)]\ \ge\ -\varepsilon\quad\forall\,\varepsilon\in[0,\delta]\Big\}.\tag{5}XQ(δ)={x∈X: Q∈Q(ε)inf​EQ​[f(x)] ≥ −ε∀ε∈[0,δ]}.(5)

A risk measure, on the space Y\mathcal YY of bounded payoffs, is a map ρ:Y→R\rho:\mathcal Y\to\mathbb Rρ:Y→R with Y1≥Y2⇒ρ(Y1)≤ρ(Y2)Y_1\ge Y_2\Rightarrow\rho(Y_1)\le\rho(Y_2)Y1​≥Y2​⇒ρ(Y1​)≤ρ(Y2​) and ρ(Y+c)=ρ(Y)−c\rho(Y+c)=\rho(Y)-cρ(Y+c)=ρ(Y)−c for c∈Rc\in\mathbb Rc∈R; it is convex if ρ(λY1+(1−λ)Y2)≤λρ(Y1)+(1−λ)ρ(Y2)\rho(\lambda Y_1+(1-\lambda)Y_2)\le\lambda\rho(Y_1)+(1-\lambda)\rho(Y_2)ρ(λY1​+(1−λ)Y2​)≤λρ(Y1​)+(1−λ)ρ(Y2​). It is generated by a convex penalty α:P→[0,∞]\alpha:\mathcal P\to[0,\infty]α:P→[0,∞] if ρ(Y)=sup⁡Q∈P{−EQ[Y]−α(Q)}\rho(Y)=\sup_{\mathbb Q\in\mathcal P}\{-\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[Y]-\alpha(\mathbb Q)\}ρ(Y)=supQ∈P​{−EQ​[Y]−α(Q)}, and normalized if in addition α(Q)=0\alpha(\mathbb Q)=0α(Q)=0 for some Q\mathbb QQ. A family and a penalty determine each other:

αQ(Q)=inf⁡{ε≥0:Q∈Q(ε)},Qα(ε)={Q∈P:α(Q)≤ε},\alpha^Q(\mathbb Q)=\inf\{\varepsilon\ge0:\mathbb Q\in\mathcal Q(\varepsilon)\},\qquad \mathcal Q^\alpha(\varepsilon)=\{\mathbb Q\in\mathcal P:\alpha(\mathbb Q)\le\varepsilon\},αQ(Q)=inf{ε≥0:Q∈Q(ε)},Qα(ε)={Q∈P:α(Q)≤ε},

and ρQ\rho^QρQ denotes the risk measure generated by αQ\alpha^QαQ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1 for δ>0\delta>0δ>0

For every nondecreasing, convex family Q\mathbf QQ with Q(0)≠∅\mathcal Q(0)\ne\emptysetQ(0)=∅, ρQ\rho^QρQ is a convex risk measure generated by the normalized convex penalty αQ\alpha^QαQ, the minimum below is attained for every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X, and

XQ(δ)={x∈X: min⁡λ≥0{λδ+(λ+1) ρQ(f(x)λ+1)}≤0}.(6)X^Q(\delta)=\Big\{x\in X:\ \min_{\lambda\ge0}\Big\{\lambda\delta+(\lambda+1)\,\rho^Q\Big(\frac{f(x)}{\lambda+1}\Big)\Big\}\le0\Big\}.\tag{6}XQ(δ)={x∈X: λ≥0min​{λδ+(λ+1)ρQ(λ+1f(x)​)}≤0}.(6)

Conversely, for every convex risk measure ρ\rhoρ generated by a normalized convex penalty α\alphaα, the family Qα\mathbf Q^\alphaQα is nondecreasing and convex with Qα(0)≠∅\mathcal Q^\alpha(0)\ne\emptysetQα(0)=∅, and (6) holds with ρ\rhoρ on the right and Qα\mathbf Q^\alphaQα on the left.

Milestones: the steps of the proof (p. 1224)

  1. The soft robust infimum inf⁡{EQ[f(x)]+ε:ε∈[0,δ], Q∈Q(ε)}\inf\{\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[f(x)]+\varepsilon:\varepsilon\in[0,\delta],\ \mathbb Q\in\mathcal Q(\varepsilon)\}inf{EQ​[f(x)]+ε:ε∈[0,δ], Q∈Q(ε)} equals inf⁡{EQ[f(x)]+αQ(Q):αQ(Q)≤δ}\inf\{\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[f(x)]+\alpha^Q(\mathbb Q):\alpha^Q(\mathbb Q)\le\delta\}inf{EQ​[f(x)]+αQ(Q):αQ(Q)≤δ}.
  2. Strong duality with an attained multiplier: that infimum equals max⁡λ≥0{−λδ+inf⁡Q{EQ[f(x)]+(λ+1)αQ(Q)}}\max_{\lambda\ge0}\{-\lambda\delta+\inf_{\mathbb Q}\{\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[f(x)]+(\lambda+1)\alpha^Q(\mathbb Q)\}\}maxλ≥0​{−λδ+infQ​{EQ​[f(x)]+(λ+1)αQ(Q)}}.
  3. The scaling identity inf⁡Q{EQ[Y]+(λ+1)αQ(Q)}=−(λ+1)ρQ(Y/(λ+1))\inf_{\mathbb Q}\{\mathbb E_{\mathbb Q}[Y]+(\lambda+1)\alpha^Q(\mathbb Q)\}=-(\lambda+1)\rho^Q(Y/(\lambda+1))infQ​{EQ​[Y]+(λ+1)αQ(Q)}=−(λ+1)ρQ(Y/(λ+1)).
  4. ρQ\rho^QρQ is a convex risk measure generated by the convex, normalized penalty αQ\alpha^QαQ.
  5. For a convex normalized α\alphaα, Qα\mathbf Q^\alphaQα is nondecreasing and convex with Qα(0)≠∅\mathcal Q^\alpha(0)\ne\emptysetQα(0)=∅.
  6. αQα=α\alpha^{Q^\alpha}=\alphaαQα=α.

Significance

Theorem 2.1 makes the soft robust constraint usable: the right side of (6) is a single constraint in (λ,x)(\lambda,x)(λ,x), and the function (λ+1)ρ(f(x)/(λ+1))(\lambda+1)\rho(f(x)/(\lambda+1))(λ+1)ρ(f(x)/(λ+1)) is jointly convex in (λ,x)(\lambda,x)(λ,x) for λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, so soft robust problems are convex programs whenever the risk measure can be evaluated. Read in the other direction, it gives every normalized convex risk measure an interpretation as a graded robustness requirement over the level sets of its penalty, which is how the paper derives soft robust counterparts of optimized certainty equivalents, CVaR and entropic risk, and its later bounds on the probability of a loss.

The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it produces a Lean development of convex risk measures generated by penalties on an arbitrary measurable space, with extended-valued penalties and mixtures of probability measures, and a one-constraint Lagrange duality theorem over a convex set of probability measures. Mathlib does not currently provide Lagrange duality in this form.

Difficulty

The equalities of the proof read as routine, and two of them are not. The first equality is described as "the definition of αQ\alpha^QαQ", but a measure with αQ(Q)=δ\alpha^Q(\mathbb Q)=\deltaαQ(Q)=δ need not belong to Q(δ)\mathcal Q(\delta)Q(δ), because the infimum defining αQ\alpha^QαQ need not be attained; the equality relies on the convexity of the family, the nonemptiness of Q(0)\mathcal Q(0)Q(0) and the boundedness of f(x)f(x)f(x). The second equality is Lagrange duality with dual attainment for a convex program whose variable is a probability measure and whose objective and constraint are extended-valued; the classical theorem applies to convex subsets of vector spaces, and transferring it to mixtures of probability measures with [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued penalties is the main formal work. Attainment of the minimum in (6), which the paper asserts by writing "min", is exactly dual attainment and does not follow from the inequality alone.

Formalization scope

The probability measures are ProbabilityMeasure Ω on a measurable space; a family is a map from levels ε∈R≥0\varepsilon\in\mathbb R_{\ge0}ε∈R≥0​ to sets of probability measures, and mixtures are built from the measures t Q1+(1−t) Q2t\,\mathbb Q_1+(1-t)\,\mathbb Q_2tQ1​+(1−t)Q2​. Penalties, including αQ\alpha^QαQ, take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so that a measure in no Q(ε)\mathcal Q(\varepsilon)Q(ε) has penalty +∞+\infty+∞; a real-valued αQ\alpha^QαQ would give such measures penalty 000 through the junk value of an empty infimum, and is excluded. Risk measures are real functions whose axioms are imposed on bounded measurable payoffs, "generated by" includes the least-upper-bound property of the supremum, and "min" in (6) is attainment on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) together with a nonpositive minimum. The decision set and payoff carry the paper's assumptions; concavity of the payoff and closedness and convexity of XXX are kept although Theorem 2.1 does not use them. Infima over measures in the milestones are taken in the extended reals.

The case δ=0\delta=0δ=0 is excluded. The paper states Theorem 2.1 for δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0, but at δ=0\delta=0δ=0 its proof interchanges a limit in λ\lambdaλ with a supremum over measures without justification, and (6) fails: on Ω={a,b}\Omega=\{a,b\}Ω={a,b} with Q(0)\mathcal Q(0)Q(0) the measures giving aaa mass at most 1/41/41/4 and Q(ε)\mathcal Q(\varepsilon)Q(ε) those giving it mass at most 1/21/21/2 for ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, the payoff f(a)=−2f(a)=-2f(a)=−2, f(b)=1f(b)=1f(b)=1 is soft robust at level 000 while the right side of (6) is empty. The goal and the milestones therefore fix δ>0\delta>0δ>0, the case the paper's main argument treats.

A complete development needs: convex risk measures and their generation by penalties, mixtures of probability measures, Lagrange duality with Slater's condition over convex sets of measures, and the scaling identity for ρQ\rho^QρQ. The duality theorem and the risk-measure layer are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions of any milestone are welcome, as are general convex-duality lemmas that the strong-duality step can import.

Selected references

  • A. Ben-Tal, D. Bertsimas, D. B. Brown, A Soft Robust Model for Optimization Under Ambiguity, Operations Research 58(4, Part 2):1220–1234, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1100.0821
  • H. Föllmer, A. Schied, Convex measures of risk and trading constraints, Finance and Stochastics 6(4):429–447, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1007/s007800200072
  • H. Föllmer, A. Schied, Stochastic Finance: An Introduction in Discrete Time, 2nd ed., de Gruyter, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110212075
  • D. G. Luenberger, Optimization by Vector Space Methods, Wiley, 1969, Chapter 8.
  • D. Bertsimas, D. B. Brown, Constructing Uncertainty Sets for Robust Linear Optimization, Operations Research 57(6):1483–1495, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1080.0695
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Distributionally Robust Perspective on Uncertainty Quantification and Chance Constrained Programming: Individual Chance Constraints over Markov Ambiguity Sets Are Finite Conic SystemsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many engineering and operations problems must guarantee that a system operates safely with high probability, when the uncertain parameters z~\tilde zz~ are only partially known. A chance constraint asks that the safety condition Sz~≤tS\tilde z \le tSz~≤t hold with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ for a tolerance ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon \in (0,1)ϵ∈(0,1). When the distribution of z~\tilde zz~ is itself uncertain, the distributionally robust version asks this for every distribution in an ambiguity set P\mathcal PP built from what is known: moments, supports, confidence regions. Two problems then arise: computing the worst-case probability inf⁡P∈PP[Sz~≤t]\inf_{\mathbb P \in \mathcal P}\mathbb P[S\tilde z \le t]infP∈P​P[Sz~≤t] (uncertainty quantification), and optimizing a design xxx under the constraint inf⁡P∈PP[S(x)z~≤t(x)]≥1−ϵ\inf_{\mathbb P \in \mathcal P}\mathbb P[S(x)\tilde z \le t(x)] \ge 1-\epsiloninfP∈P​P[S(x)z~≤t(x)]≥1−ϵ (chance constrained programming).

Hanasusanto, Roitch, Kuhn and Wiesemann (Math. Program. 151, 2015) chart which combinations of ambiguity sets and constraint structures admit exact finite reformulations and which are strongly NP-hard. This mission takes the positive core of that chart: for Markov ambiguity sets (first-order moment information plus a conic support), the worst-case probability is the value of a finite conic program, and an individual chance constraint is equivalent to a finite system of linear conic inequalities.

Timeline. Chebyshev-type bounds for worst-case probabilities under moment information go back to the generalized Chebyshev inequalities of Vandenberghe, Boyd and Comanor (2007), and to the duality theory of moment problems summarized by Shapiro (2001). Wiesemann, Kuhn and Sim (2014) introduced the nested conic ambiguity sets used here to evaluate worst-case expectations. Hanasusanto et al. (2015) applied them to worst-case probabilities of polytopes and to chance constraints, proving Theorem 3 (moment problem reformulation) and Theorem 7 (individual chance constraints over Markov sets), together with strong NP-hardness results, such as Theorem 8, showing that the restrictions cannot be dropped.

Setting

Let z~∈RP\tilde z \in \mathbb R^Pz~∈RP be the uncertain parameters and u~∈RQ\tilde u \in \mathbb R^Qu~∈RQ an auxiliary random vector. Fix A∈RK×PA \in \mathbb R^{K\times P}A∈RK×P, B∈RK×QB \in \mathbb R^{K\times Q}B∈RK×Q, b∈RKb \in \mathbb R^Kb∈RK, and a confidence set

C1={(z,u):C1z+D1u≼K1d1},\mathcal C_1 = \{(z,u) : C_1 z + D_1 u \preccurlyeq_{\mathcal K_1} d_1\},C1​={(z,u):C1​z+D1​u≼K1​​d1​},

where C1∈RL1×PC_1 \in \mathbb R^{L_1\times P}C1​∈RL1​×P, D1∈RL1×QD_1 \in \mathbb R^{L_1\times Q}D1​∈RL1​×Q, d1∈RL1d_1 \in \mathbb R^{L_1}d1​∈RL1​ and K1\mathcal K_1K1​ is a proper cone (closed, convex, pointed, with nonempty interior); x≼Kyx \preccurlyeq_{\mathcal K} yx≼K​y means y−x∈Ky - x \in \mathcal Ky−x∈K, and K1⋆={y:x⊤y≥0 ∀x∈K1}\mathcal K_1^\star = \{y : x^\top y \ge 0\ \forall x \in \mathcal K_1\}K1⋆​={y:x⊤y≥0 ∀x∈K1​} is the dual cone. The Markov ambiguity set is

P={P:EP[Az~+Bu~]=b, P[(z~,u~)∈C1]=1},\mathcal P = \{\mathbb P : \mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[A\tilde z + B\tilde u] = b,\ \mathbb P[(\tilde z,\tilde u) \in \mathcal C_1] = 1\},P={P:EP​[Az~+Bu~]=b, P[(z~,u~)∈C1​]=1},

the case I=1I = 1I=1, p‾1=p‾1=1\underline p_1 = \overline p_1 = 1p​1​=p​1​=1 of the paper's nested set (4).

Two regularity notions enter. C1\mathcal C_1C1​ is essentially strictly feasible if it contains a point satisfying all non-polyhedral constraints of its description strictly. The Slater condition (S) for I=1I = 1I=1 requires bbb to lie in the interior of {Az+Bu:(z,u)∈C1}\{Az + Bu : (z,u) \in \mathcal C_1\}{Az+Bu:(z,u)∈C1​}.

For the safety system Sz~≤tS\tilde z \le tSz~≤t with rows sj⊤s_j^\topsj⊤​, j∈J={1,…,J}j \in \mathcal J = \{1,\dots,J\}j∈J={1,…,J}, let L={j:∃(z,u)∈C1, sj⊤z>tj}\mathcal L = \{j : \exists (z,u) \in \mathcal C_1,\ s_j^\top z > t_j\}L={j:∃(z,u)∈C1​, sj⊤​z>tj​} be the rows that can be violated on C1\mathcal C_1C1​. Problem (17) at I=1I = 1I=1 maximizes b⊤γ+p‾1λ−p‾1κb^\top\gamma + \underline p_1\lambda - \overline p_1\kappab⊤γ+p​1​λ−p​1​κ over γ∈RK\gamma \in \mathbb R^Kγ∈RK, λ,κ≥0\lambda,\kappa \ge 0λ,κ≥0, ϕ∈K1⋆\phi \in \mathcal K_1^\starϕ∈K1⋆​ and, for j∈Lj \in \mathcal Lj∈L, τj≥0\tau_j \ge 0τj​≥0, ψj∈K1⋆\psi_j \in \mathcal K_1^\starψj​∈K1⋆​, subject to λ−κ+d1⊤ϕ≤1\lambda - \kappa + d_1^\top\phi \le 1λ−κ+d1⊤​ϕ≤1, A⊤γ=C1⊤ϕA^\top\gamma = C_1^\top\phiA⊤γ=C1⊤​ϕ, B⊤γ=D1⊤ϕB^\top\gamma = D_1^\top\phiB⊤γ=D1⊤​ϕ and, for j∈Lj \in \mathcal Lj∈L, λ−κ+d1⊤ψj−τjtj≤0\lambda - \kappa + d_1^\top\psi_j - \tau_j t_j \le 0λ−κ+d1⊤​ψj​−τj​tj​≤0, A⊤γ+τjsj=C1⊤ψjA^\top\gamma + \tau_j s_j = C_1^\top\psi_jA⊤γ+τj​sj​=C1⊤​ψj​, B⊤γ=D1⊤ψjB^\top\gamma = D_1^\top\psi_jB⊤γ=D1⊤​ψj​.

For an individual constraint (J=1J = 1J=1) write s⊤z~≤ts^\top\tilde z \le ts⊤z~≤t. System (26) asks for β∈R\beta \in \mathbb Rβ∈R, γ∈RK\gamma \in \mathbb R^Kγ∈RK, ϕ,ψ∈K1⋆\phi,\psi \in \mathcal K_1^\starϕ,ψ∈K1⋆​, τ≥0\tau \ge 0τ≥0 with

β+b⊤γ≥(1−ϵ)τ,  β+d1⊤ϕ≤τ,  β+d1⊤ψ≤t,  A⊤γ=C1⊤ϕ,  B⊤γ=D1⊤ϕ,  A⊤γ+s=C1⊤ψ,  B⊤γ=D1⊤ψ.\beta + b^\top\gamma \ge (1-\epsilon)\tau,\ \ \beta + d_1^\top\phi \le \tau,\ \ \beta + d_1^\top\psi \le t,\ \ A^\top\gamma = C_1^\top\phi,\ \ B^\top\gamma = D_1^\top\phi,\ \ A^\top\gamma + s = C_1^\top\psi,\ \ B^\top\gamma = D_1^\top\psi.β+b⊤γ≥(1−ϵ)τ,  β+d1⊤​ϕ≤τ,  β+d1⊤​ψ≤t,  A⊤γ=C1⊤​ϕ,  B⊤γ=D1⊤​ϕ,  A⊤γ+s=C1⊤​ψ,  B⊤γ=D1⊤​ψ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7 (p. 18)

Under essential strict feasibility of C1\mathcal C_1C1​, (S), and ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon \in (0,1)ϵ∈(0,1),

inf⁡P∈PP[s⊤z~≤t]≥1−ϵ  ⟺  (26) is solvable.\inf_{\mathbb P \in \mathcal P}\mathbb P[s^\top\tilde z \le t] \ge 1-\epsilon \iff \text{(26) is solvable}.P∈Pinf​P[s⊤z~≤t]≥1−ϵ⟺(26) is solvable.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3 (case I=1I = 1I=1), sufficiency. Every feasible point of (17) has objective value at most P[Sz~≤t]\mathbb P[S\tilde z \le t]P[Sz~≤t] for every P∈P\mathbb P \in \mathcal PP∈P.
  2. Theorem 3 (case I=1I = 1I=1). Under essential strict feasibility and (S),
inf⁡P∈PP[Sz~≤t]=sup⁡ (17).\inf_{\mathbb P \in \mathcal P}\mathbb P[S\tilde z \le t] = \sup\,(17).P∈Pinf​P[Sz~≤t]=sup(17).
  1. §5 feasibility claim (with (17), case I=1I = 1I=1). Under the same hypotheses and ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon \in (0,1)ϵ∈(0,1), the chance constraint holds iff (17) has a feasible point of value at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ.
  2. Theorem 7, sufficiency. Any solution of (26) certifies P[s⊤z~≤t]≥1−ϵ\mathbb P[s^\top\tilde z \le t] \ge 1-\epsilonP[s⊤z~≤t]≥1−ϵ for all P∈P\mathbb P \in \mathcal PP∈P.

Significance

Theorem 7 turns an individual distributionally robust chance constraint over a Markov ambiguity set into finitely many linear conic constraints whose size is polynomial in the data. Since s(x)s(x)s(x) and t(x)t(x)t(x) are affine in the design xxx, the chance constrained program becomes a single conic program, solvable with standard software. The paper notes (p. 18) that, apart from the Wasserstein set, all ambiguity sets of its Section 2.3 are Markov sets or intersections of Markov sets with structural ambiguity sets, and Theorem 8 shows that adding a second confidence set already makes the problem strongly NP-hard, so the theorem marks a precise tractability boundary. Theorem 3 underlies the paper's later results and its §5 heuristic for intractable cases.

All five statements are proved in the literature: the paper defers its proofs to an accompanying technical report. None is machine-checked. A formal proof would supply a verified duality theory for moment problems with conic supports, a reusable bridge between semi-infinite constraints and conic certificates, and a verified basis for the paper's hardness results to be stated against.

Difficulty

The sufficiency halves are weak-duality arguments. The converse directions are not: the worst-case probability is an infimum over an infinite-dimensional set of measures, and the conclusion of Theorem 7 requires the dual certificate to be attained, not just approached. Two separate duality steps must both close without a gap and with attainment: the moment problem against its semi-infinite dual, which is where (S) enters, and each semi-infinite constraint against its conic dual over C1\mathcal C_1C1​, which is where essential strict feasibility enters. The event {s⊤z>t}\{s^\top z > t\}{s⊤z>t} is open, so the semi-infinite constraint must also be passed to its closure. Mathlib has neither a duality theorem for moment problems nor conic strong duality with attainment.

Formalization scope

The mission covers Markov ambiguity sets only (I=1I = 1I=1, p‾1=p‾1=1\underline p_1 = \overline p_1 = 1p​1​=p​1​=1). The general nested case of Theorem 3 is not stated, because the paper does not make (S) explicit for I>1I > 1I>1. Symmetry and unimodality information, joint chance constraints and the hardness results are out of scope. The paper's proofs are in a technical report that the mission does not use.

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, the single confidence set is index 0 : Fin 1 of the published DRConvexOpt.Reform.AmbData, and its field c 0 is d1d_1d1​.
  • Probabilities are μ.real. The local paperAmbiguitySet reuses the published data and confidence-set definitions and requires integrability only of Az~+Bu~A\tilde z+B\tilde uAz~+Bu~. This makes the expectation condition void when K=0K=0K=0, as the paper states.
  • "inf⁡PP[E]≥1−ϵ\inf_{\mathbb P}\mathbb P[E] \ge 1-\epsiloninfP​P[E]≥1−ϵ" is stated as "1−ϵ≤P[E]1-\epsilon \le \mathbb P[E]1−ϵ≤P[E] for every P∈P\mathbb P \in \mathcal PP∈P", so an empty P\mathcal PP is not mishandled by sInf ∅ = 0.
  • "Coincides with the optimal value" is one real number that is both the greatest lower bound of the probabilities and the least upper bound of the objective values of (17).
  • Essential strict feasibility is read as: K1=Kp∩Kn\mathcal K_1 = \mathcal K_p \cap \mathcal K_nK1​=Kp​∩Kn​ for some polyhedral cone Kp\mathcal K_pKp​ and closed convex cone Kn\mathcal K_nKn​, with a point of C1\mathcal C_1C1​ whose slack lies in Kp∩int⁡Kn\mathcal K_p \cap \operatorname{int}\mathcal K_nKp​∩intKn​.
  • The decision xxx is fixed: s,ts, ts,t stand for s(x),t(x)s(x), t(x)s(x),t(x), and the program (2) and the set X\mathcal XX are not formalized.
  • ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon \in (0,1)ϵ∈(0,1), proper K1\mathcal K_1K1​, essential strict feasibility and (S) are explicit hypotheses. The sufficiency halves drop (S) and essential strict feasibility, which they do not need.

Replacing essential strict feasibility by full strict feasibility, adding τ>0\tau > 0τ>0 to (26), or imposing the ψj\psi_jψj​-constraints for j∉Lj \notin \mathcal Lj∈/L would each change the theorem and is ruled out. The hypotheses are jointly satisfiable: C1=[−1,1]\mathcal C_1 = [-1,1]C1​=[−1,1], A=1A = 1A=1, b=0b = 0b=0, K1=R+2\mathcal K_1 = \mathbb R^2_+K1​=R+2​ satisfies all of them, with a nonempty ambiguity set.

A complete development needs conic duality with attainment under partial Slater conditions, Lagrangian duality for moment problems, and the reduction of a measure-valued infimum to finitely supported measures. All three are reusable well beyond this mission, and contributions to any of them are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. A. Hanasusanto, V. Roitch, D. Kuhn, W. Wiesemann, A distributionally robust perspective on uncertainty quantification and chance constrained programming, Mathematical Programming 151(1), 35–62, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-015-0896-z
  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, M. Sim, Distributionally robust convex optimization, Operations Research 62(6), 1358–1376, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1314
  • A. Shapiro, On duality theory of conic linear problems, in: Semi-Infinite Programming, Kluwer, 135–165, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-3403-4_7
  • L. Vandenberghe, S. Boyd, K. Comanor, Generalized Chebyshev bounds via semidefinite programming, SIAM Review 49(1), 52–64, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0036144504440543
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Nemirovski, Lectures on Modern Convex Optimization, SIAM, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718829
7 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Adaptive Distributionally Robust Optimization: Under Complete Recourse with One Second-Stage Variable, the Linear Decision Rule in the Primary and Auxiliary Variables Is Exact (β = β_E)Research Paper

Why adaptive decisions matter

A planner often chooses a first action before uncertain inputs are known and a corrective action afterward. If the uncertain input has no trusted probability law, a distributionally robust model tests the first action against all laws consistent with known support and moment information. The corrective action may depend on the realized input. This combination produces a difficult optimization problem: the adversary chooses a probability law, while the planner chooses a function of the input. Bertsimas, Sim, and Zhang study a class in which the support and moment bounds have second-order-cone representations. Their particular question is whether a tractable affine corrective rule can recover the exact worst-case cost.

Earlier work on moment-based distributionally robust optimization developed other ambiguity sets and reformulations. The related Prove2Me drafts MinimaxSLP and TractableDRO address mean and second-moment equality classes or bounds on positive parts of affine functions. Their model conventions differ from this paper's lifted SOC support, so this mission develops its own definitions. The affine-policy result of Bertsimas, Iancu, and Parrilo concerns a different multistage robust model. The paper places these contributions in its account of robust and distributionally robust decision rules (pp. 604–605).

Two-stage model and lifted ambiguity set

Write x∈RN1x\in\mathbb R^{N_1}x∈RN1​ for the first-stage decision and z∈RI1z\in\mathbb R^{I_1}z∈RI1​ for the observed uncertainty. After observing zzz, the planner chooses a free second-stage vector y∈RN2y\in\mathbb R^{N_2}y∈RN2​. The constraint data depend affinely on zzz: A(z)=A0+∑iAiziA(z)=A^0+\sum_i A^i z_iA(z)=A0+∑i​Aizi​ and b(z)=b0+∑ibizib(z)=b^0+\sum_i b^i z_ib(z)=b0+∑i​bizi​. The fixed recourse matrix is BBB, and ddd gives the second-stage cost. The recourse value is

Q(x,z)=min⁡{d⊤y:A(z)x+By≥b(z), y∈RN2}.Q(x,z)=\min\{d^\top y:A(z)x+By\ge b(z),\ y\in\mathbb R^{N_2}\}.Q(x,z)=min{d⊤y:A(z)x+By≥b(z), y∈RN2​}.

The support set WWW restricts possible realizations. An SOC ambiguity set FFF contains probability laws PPP on zzz for which P(W)=1P(W)=1P(W)=1, EP[Gz]=μ\mathbb E_P[Gz]=\muEP​[Gz]=μ, and EP[gi(z)]≤σi\mathbb E_P[g_i(z)]\le\sigma_iEP​[gi​(z)]≤σi​ for each auxiliary function gig_igi​. The paper assumes that WWW and each epigraph {(z,ui):gi(z)≤ui}\{(z,u_i):g_i(z)\le u_i\}{(z,ui​):gi​(z)≤ui​} can be represented using products of second-order cones (Definition 3). Its exact worst-case expected recourse cost is β(x)=sup⁡P∈FEP[Q(x,z)]\beta(x)=\sup_{P\in F}\mathbb E_P[Q(x,z)]β(x)=supP∈F​EP​[Q(x,z)].

The model introduces an auxiliary vector u∈RI2u\in\mathbb R^{I_2}u∈RI2​ with lifted support Wˉ={(z,u):z∈W, g(z)≤u}\bar W=\{(z,u):z\in W,\ g(z)\le u\}Wˉ={(z,u):z∈W, g(z)≤u}. The lifted ambiguity set G\mathcal GG consists of joint laws on (z,u)(z,u)(z,u) supported on Wˉ\bar WWˉ with E[Gz]=μ\mathbb E[Gz]=\muE[Gz]=μ and E[u]≤σ\mathbb E[u]\le\sigmaE[u]≤σ. Proposition 1 states that the primary marginals of these joint laws are exactly FFF. A regular linear decision rule has y(z)=y0+Y1zy(z)=y^0+Y^1zy(z)=y0+Y1z. An extended linear decision rule has y(z,u)=y0+Y1z+Y2uy(z,u)=y^0+Y^1z+Y^2uy(z,u)=y0+Y1z+Y2u. Their best worst-case costs are βL(x)\beta_L(x)βL​(x) and βE(x)\beta_E(x)βE​(x), with feasibility enforced at every point of WWW or Wˉ\bar WWˉ respectively (§3.1).

Formalization targets

Theorem 2 gives the comparison that holds for the two rule classes:

β(x)≤βE(x)≤βL(x).\beta(x)\le\beta_E(x)\le\beta_L(x).β(x)≤βE​(x)≤βL​(x).

Theorem 1 identifies β(x)\beta(x)β(x) with the robust program (9). Its variables are r∈Rr\in\mathbb Rr∈R, s∈RL1s\in\mathbb R^{L_1}s∈RL1​, and t∈R+I2t\in\mathbb R^{I_2}_+t∈R+I2​​, constrained by r+s⊤Gz+t⊤u≥Q(x,z)r+s^\top Gz+t^\top u\ge Q(x,z)r+s⊤Gz+t⊤u≥Q(x,z) at every (z,u)∈Wˉ(z,u)\in\bar W(z,u)∈Wˉ; its objective is r+s⊤μ+t⊤σr+s^\top\mu+t^\top\sigmar+s⊤μ+t⊤σ. This result assumes relative complete recourse and Assumption 1, which represents the actual lifted support by a product of second-order cones and supplies a strict Slater point.

The mission's goal is Theorem 4. Under complete recourse and one second-stage decision variable, the extended affine class gives the exact value for every first-stage vector:

∀x∈RN1,β(x)=βE(x).\forall x\in\mathbb R^{N_1},\qquad \beta(x)=\beta_E(x).∀x∈RN1​,β(x)=βE​(x).

The equality is stronger than the bounds alone: it says that optimizing over this finite-parameter decision-rule class loses no worst-case value in the stated regime (Theorems 1, 2, and 4).

What the result supplies

Theorem 4 gives a precise case where the lifted affine approximation is exact. This matters because the unrestricted corrective decision is a function, while the affine class is described by finitely many coefficients. The paper observes that, with one recourse variable, the associated dual polyhedron has only MMM extreme points; the robust reformulation can therefore be handled using a finite collection of constraints in this regime (p. 610). Proposition 3 marks a boundary: relative complete recourse by itself does not ensure that any extended affine rule is feasible.

The results are proved mathematically in the published paper and its electronic companion; the proofs of Theorems 1 and 4 are located in the companion, which is not held with this mission's source PDF. The Lean statements here are open proof obligations. A completed development would add reusable interfaces for free-variable linear recourse, SOC-supported moment ambiguity sets, lifted joint laws, and extended-real optimization values. It would also make the assumptions behind the paper's real-valued expectations and recourse costs explicit.

The hard point

Replacing the adaptive function y(z)y(z)y(z) by an affine function of zzz alone can fail even when the recourse LP is feasible for every realization: a single affine rule must satisfy every pointwise constraint simultaneously. Adding uuu enlarges the rule class, but the lifted support contains all u≥g(z)u\ge g(z)u≥g(z), not just u=g(z)u=g(z)u=g(z). Thus its feasibility condition is stronger than feasibility on a convenient graph. Theorem 4 asserts exactness despite that universal lifted-support constraint. The direct comparison β≤βE\beta\le\beta_Eβ≤βE​ does not by itself give the reverse inequality; the robust moment reformulation must describe the same worst-case value under its Slater and recourse hypotheses (§§2.2–3.1).

Formalization scope

Finite vectors are functions on Fin n, so the paper's indices 1,…,n1,\ldots,n1,…,n become zero-based. Laws are probability measures on finite real-vector spaces. The original and lifted ambiguity sets include integrability of all primary coordinates; the lifted set also includes integrability of all auxiliary coordinates, and the original set includes integrability of each gig_igi​. This is a finite-first-moment reading of the paper's expectations. It excludes laws whose constrained linear moments exist while an unconstrained coordinate has infinite absolute moment. These conditions ensure that expected affine rule costs are genuine. The paper's Theorem 3 itself explicitly asks for finite coordinate first moments.

The recourse LP is represented as a separate reusable definition with free yyy, constraints By≥tBy\ge tBy≥t, and dual feasibility p≥0p\ge0p≥0, B⊤p=dB^\top p=dB⊤p=d. Statements using its real value require primal and dual feasibility. Theorem 2 states primal feasibility on the support at its chosen xxx; Theorem 1 uses relative complete recourse on X×WX\times WX×W; Theorem 4 uses complete recourse for every right-hand side. Theorems 1 and 4 also state dual feasibility explicitly because primal feasibility alone does not ensure it. Assumption 1 is explicit in both, including equality between its cone representation and the previously defined Wˉ\bar WWˉ. Its bound u†<σu^\dagger<\sigmau†<σ means strict inequality in every auxiliary coordinate, and strict cone feasibility means membership in the interior of the product cone.

The values β\betaβ, βL\beta_LβL​, βE\beta_EβE​, and (9) lie in the extended reals. Each printed “min” is an infimum, and no optimizer is presumed. A value is never formed by subtracting infinities. The SOC support, the epigraphs, and all rule feasibility conditions retain their pointwise meanings. Neither an empty ambiguity set nor an impossible rule class is silently replaced by a favorable real default. Contributions to LP value regularity, integrability, moment duality, and SOC geometry are all useful beyond this mission. The goal must continue to compare the original β\betaβ with the actual lifted-rule value βE\beta_EβE​; replacing either by an easier surrogate would remove its content.

Selected references

  • Dimitris Bertsimas, Melvyn Sim, and Meixia Zhang, Adaptive Distributionally Robust Optimization, Management Science 65(2):604–618, 2019. DOI.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence Analysis of Sampling-Based Decomposition Methods for Risk-Averse Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs 2: Subdifferential of the Value Function of a Convex ProgramResearch Paper

Why subgradients of value functions matter

Stochastic dual dynamic programming (SDDP) and related decomposition methods solve multistage stochastic programs by approximating each stage's recourse function from below by a maximum of affine cuts. Every cut needs a value and a slope: the value of a convex subproblem at a trial point, and a subgradient of that subproblem's optimal value as a function of the trial point. For linear subproblems the slope is a vector of dual multipliers. For convex subproblems in which the trial point enters the objective and the nonlinear constraints, the slope requires a formula for the subdifferential of the value function of a parametric convex program.

Vincent Guigues, in Convergence Analysis of Sampling-Based Decomposition Methods for Risk-Averse Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs (arXiv:1408.4439v4, SIAM J. Optim. 2016), states such a formula as Lemma 2.1 and announces it in the abstract and in contribution (C) as a result of independent interest. Earlier convergence proofs for convex SDDP (Girardeau, Leclère and Philpott, Math. Oper. Res. 2015) avoid the question by copying the trial point into new variables and linear constraints, so that only the classical formula for a value function of right-hand-side perturbations is needed. Lemma 2.1 removes that device.

This mission is the second in the series on Guigues' paper. The first mission formalizes the almost-sure convergence of the risk-averse algorithm (Theorem 4.1) and takes the subgradient property of cut slopes as part of its model, so the two missions are independent.

Setting

Write Rk\mathbb R^kRk for Euclidean space with the scalar product ⟨x,y⟩=x⊤y\langle x,y\rangle = x^\top y⟨x,y⟩=x⊤y, and pair Rm×Rn\mathbb R^m\times\mathbb R^nRm×Rn by ⟨(s,t),(x,y)⟩=⟨s,x⟩+⟨t,y⟩\langle (s,t),(x,y)\rangle=\langle s,x\rangle+\langle t,y\rangle⟨(s,t),(x,y)⟩=⟨s,x⟩+⟨t,y⟩. Let A∈Rq×mA\in\mathbb R^{q\times m}A∈Rq×m, B∈Rq×nB\in\mathbb R^{q\times n}B∈Rq×n, b∈Rqb\in\mathbb R^qb∈Rq, let f:Rm×Rn→R∪{+∞}f:\mathbb R^m\times\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}f:Rm×Rn→R∪{+∞}, let g=(g1,…,gp)g=(g_1,\dots,g_p)g=(g1​,…,gp​) be constraint functions on Rm×Rn\mathbb R^m\times\mathbb R^nRm×Rn, and let X⊆RmX\subseteq\mathbb R^mX⊆Rm and Y⊆RnY\subseteq\mathbb R^nY⊆Rn be nonempty, compact and convex. The value function (2.1) is

Q(x)=inf⁡{ f(x,y): y∈S(x) },S(x)={y∈Y: Ax+By=b, g(x,y)≤0},\mathcal Q(x)=\inf\{\,f(x,y):\ y\in S(x)\,\},\qquad S(x)=\{y\in Y:\ Ax+By=b,\ g(x,y)\le 0\},Q(x)=inf{f(x,y): y∈S(x)},S(x)={y∈Y: Ax+By=b, g(x,y)≤0},

defined for every x∈Rmx\in\mathbb R^mx∈Rm, with Q(x)=+∞\mathcal Q(x)=+\inftyQ(x)=+∞ when S(x)=∅S(x)=\emptysetS(x)=∅. The solution set is Sol⁡(x)={y∈S(x):f(x,y)=Q(x)}\operatorname{Sol}(x)=\{y\in S(x): f(x,y)=\mathcal Q(x)\}Sol(x)={y∈S(x):f(x,y)=Q(x)} and the active set is I(x,y)={i:gi(x,y)=0}I(x,y)=\{i: g_i(x,y)=0\}I(x,y)={i:gi​(x,y)=0}.

The subdifferential of an extended-real function hhh at z0z_0z0​ is ∂h(z0)={s:h(z0)∈R, h(z)≥h(z0)+⟨s,z−z0⟩ ∀z}\partial h(z_0)=\{s: h(z_0)\in\mathbb R,\ h(z)\ge h(z_0)+\langle s,z-z_0\rangle\ \forall z\}∂h(z0​)={s:h(z0​)∈R, h(z)≥h(z0​)+⟨s,z−z0​⟩ ∀z}, and the normal cone of a set CCC at z0∈Cz_0\in Cz0​∈C is NC(z0)={v:⟨v,z−z0⟩≤0 ∀z∈C}\mathcal N_C(z_0)=\{v:\langle v,z-z_0\rangle\le0\ \forall z\in C\}NC​(z0​)={v:⟨v,z−z0​⟩≤0 ∀z∈C}. The Lagrangian dual (2.3) maximizes

θx(λ,μ)=inf⁡y∈Y f(x,y)+λ⊤(Ax+By−b)+μ⊤g(x,y)\theta_x(\lambda,\mu)=\inf_{y\in Y}\ f(x,y)+\lambda^\top(Ax+By-b)+\mu^\top g(x,y)θx​(λ,μ)=y∈Yinf​ f(x,y)+λ⊤(Ax+By−b)+μ⊤g(x,y)

over λ∈Rq\lambda\in\mathbb R^qλ∈Rq, μ∈R+p\mu\in\mathbb R^p_+μ∈R+p​; its solution set is Λ(x)\Lambda(x)Λ(x).

Assumption (H): fff is lower semicontinuous, proper and convex; each gig_igi​ is convex and lower semicontinuous with values in R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞}; and Xε×Y⊆dom⁡fX^\varepsilon\times Y\subseteq\operatorname{dom} fXε×Y⊆domf for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, where Xε=X+εBmX^\varepsilon=X+\varepsilon B_mXε=X+εBm​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 2.1, formula (2.4), repaired

Assume (H) and the repaired Slater condition: every gig_igi​ is real-valued (R1), and there is (xˉ,yˉ)∈X×ri⁡(Y)(\bar x,\bar y)\in X\times\operatorname{ri}(Y)(xˉ,yˉ​)∈X×ri(Y) with Axˉ+Byˉ=bA\bar x+B\bar y=bAxˉ+Byˉ​=b, gi(xˉ,yˉ)<0g_i(\bar x,\bar y)<0gi​(xˉ,yˉ​)<0 for all iii (R2), and (xˉ,yˉ)∈ri⁡(dom⁡f)(\bar x,\bar y)\in\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{dom} f)(xˉ,yˉ​)∈ri(domf) (R3). For x0∈Xx_0\in Xx0​∈X with S(x0)≠∅S(x_0)\ne\emptysetS(x0​)=∅, the set Sol⁡(x0)\operatorname{Sol}(x_0)Sol(x0​) is nonempty and for every y0∈Sol⁡(x0)y_0\in\operatorname{Sol}(x_0)y0​∈Sol(x0​)

s∈∂Q(x0)  ⟺  (s,0)∈∂f(x0,y0)+{[A⊤;B⊤]λ}+{∑i∈I(x0,y0)μi ∂gi(x0,y0):μi≥0}+{0}×NY(y0).s\in\partial\mathcal Q(x_0)\iff (s,0)\in\partial f(x_0,y_0)+\{[A^\top;B^\top]\lambda\}+\Big\{\sum_{i\in I(x_0,y_0)}\mu_i\,\partial g_i(x_0,y_0):\mu_i\ge0\Big\}+\{0\}\times\mathcal N_Y(y_0).s∈∂Q(x0​)⟺(s,0)∈∂f(x0​,y0​)+{[A⊤;B⊤]λ}+{i∈I(x0​,y0​)∑​μi​∂gi​(x0​,y0​):μi​≥0}+{0}×NY​(y0​).

Differentiable case

If fff and the gig_igi​ are real-valued, convex and differentiable, then under (R2)

∂Q(x0)={∇xf(x0,y0)+A⊤λ+∑i∈I(x0,y0)μi∇xgi(x0,y0): (λ,μ)∈Λ(x0)}.\partial\mathcal Q(x_0)=\Big\{\nabla_x f(x_0,y_0)+A^\top\lambda+\sum_{i\in I(x_0,y_0)}\mu_i\nabla_x g_i(x_0,y_0):\ (\lambda,\mu)\in\Lambda(x_0)\Big\}.∂Q(x0​)={∇x​f(x0​,y0​)+A⊤λ+i∈I(x0​,y0​)∑​μi​∇x​gi​(x0​,y0​): (λ,μ)∈Λ(x0​)}.

Steps of the proof (milestones)

  1. Q(x)=inf⁡yf(x,y)+IGr⁡(S)(x,y)\mathcal Q(x)=\inf_y f(x,y)+\mathbb I_{\operatorname{Gr}(S)}(x,y)Q(x)=infy​f(x,y)+IGr(S)​(x,y), and s∈∂Q(x0)  ⟺  (s,0)∈∂(f+IGr⁡(S))(x0,y0)s\in\partial\mathcal Q(x_0)\iff(s,0)\in\partial(f+\mathbb I_{\operatorname{Gr}(S)})(x_0,y_0)s∈∂Q(x0​)⟺(s,0)∈∂(f+IGr(S)​)(x0​,y0​) — (2.5).
  2. The sum rule ∂(f+IGr⁡(S))=∂f+NGr⁡(S)\partial(f+\mathbb I_{\operatorname{Gr}(S)})=\partial f+\mathcal N_{\operatorname{Gr}(S)}∂(f+IGr(S)​)=∂f+NGr(S)​ under (2.6) — (2.5)-(a).
  3. NGr⁡(S)=NC1+NC2+NRm×Y\mathcal N_{\operatorname{Gr}(S)}=\mathcal N_{C_1}+\mathcal N_{C_2}+\mathcal N_{\mathbb R^m\times Y}NGr(S)​=NC1​​+NC2​​+NRm×Y​ and NRm×Y={0}×NY\mathcal N_{\mathbb R^m\times Y}=\{0\}\times\mathcal N_YNRm×Y​={0}×NY​.
  4. NC1(x0,y0)={(A⊤λ,B⊤λ)}\mathcal N_{C_1}(x_0,y_0)=\{(A^\top\lambda,B^\top\lambda)\}NC1​​(x0​,y0​)={(A⊤λ,B⊤λ)}.
  5. NC2(x0,y0)={∑i∈Iμi∂gi(x0,y0):μi≥0}\mathcal N_{C_2}(x_0,y_0)=\{\sum_{i\in I}\mu_i\partial g_i(x_0,y_0):\mu_i\ge0\}NC2​​(x0​,y0​)={∑i∈I​μi​∂gi​(x0​,y0​):μi​≥0} (repaired).
  6. Primal-dual solutions satisfy (2.7)-(b), and (2.7)-(b) with μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0 yields (λ,μ)∈Λ(x0)(\lambda,\mu)\in\Lambda(x_0)(λ,μ)∈Λ(x0​).
  7. The differentiable case above.

Significance

Formula (2.4) yields cut slopes for SDDP applied to convex multistage programs directly from a primal solution and multipliers of the stage subproblem, without auxiliary copies of the state, and it is the source of the subgradient property used in the convergence analysis of the paper's Algorithm 1. The differentiable case is the form an implementation uses: any optimal dual pair gives a subgradient, and every subgradient arises this way.

For formalization, the result is a self-contained piece of finite-dimensional convex analysis: infimal projection, the subdifferential sum rule under a relative-interior condition, normal cones of intersections, of affine sets and of convex sublevel sets, and Lagrangian duality under Slater's condition. None of these steps is in Mathlib in the extended-real form needed here. No machine-checked proof of Lemma 2.1 or of its differentiable case exists. The platform has Shor's subgradient formula for value functions (ShorNonsmooth.Decomposition.value_function_convex_and_subgradient, subgradient_formula, subgradient_formula_differentiable, proved). Those statements cover real-valued data with inequality constraints only and prove one inclusion. They have no equality block Ax+By=bAx+By=bAx+By=b, no set YYY and no converse, so they are related to this mission but are not instances of it.

Difficulty

The printed lemma is false. Two steps of its proof fail. First, the formula for NC2\mathcal N_{C_2}NC2​​ needs a strict Slater point: for g(x,y)=y2g(x,y)=y^2g(x,y)=y2, C2=R×{0}C_2=\mathbb R\times\{0\}C2​=R×{0} equals its own relative interior, but NC2(0,0)={0}×R\mathcal N_{C_2}(0,0)=\{0\}\times\mathbb RNC2​​(0,0)={0}×R is not generated by ∂g(0,0)={0}\partial g(0,0)=\{0\}∂g(0,0)={0}. With f(x,y)=yf(x,y)=yf(x,y)=y, X=Y=[−1,1]X=Y=[-1,1]X=Y=[−1,1] and A=B=0A=B=0A=B=0, all printed hypotheses hold, Q≡0\mathcal Q\equiv0Q≡0, and no sss satisfies (2.4). Second, Xε×Y⊆dom⁡fX^\varepsilon\times Y\subseteq\operatorname{dom} fXε×Y⊆domf does not give ri⁡(Xε×Y)⊆ri⁡(dom⁡f)\operatorname{ri}(X^\varepsilon\times Y)\subseteq\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{dom}f)ri(Xε×Y)⊆ri(domf): with Y={0}Y=\{0\}Y={0}, g≡−1g\equiv-1g≡−1 and f(x,y)=−yf(x,y)=-\sqrt yf(x,y)=−y​, ∂f(x0,0)=∅\partial f(x_0,0)=\emptyset∂f(x0​,0)=∅ while ∂Q(x0)={0}\partial\mathcal Q(x_0)=\{0\}∂Q(x0​)={0}. The repair (R1)–(R3) adds hypotheses and leaves every step of the printed proof valid.

The remaining work is the relative-interior calculus. The sum rule and the intersection formula for normal cones hold only under qualification conditions phrased with relative interiors, and the converse direction of (2.4) needs that the qualification passes from (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar x,\bar y)(xˉ,yˉ​) to Gr⁡(S)\operatorname{Gr}(S)Gr(S). A proof that uses only interiors fails as soon as YYY is lower-dimensional, which the hypotheses allow.

Formalization scope

Vectors live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k). The product Rm×Rn\mathbb R^m\times\mathbb R^nRm×Rn is the Lean product type, and subgradients and normal cones on it use the explicit pairing ⟨s,x⟩+⟨t,y⟩\langle s,x\rangle+\langle t,y\rangle⟨s,x⟩+⟨t,y⟩. No norm of the product is involved. Extended values are EReal. Q\mathcal QQ is an EReal infimum on all of Rm\mathbb R^mRm, and ∂Q(x0)\partial\mathcal Q(x_0)∂Q(x0​) is its subdifferential on Rm\mathbb R^mRm, not relative to XXX. An encoding of Q\mathcal QQ on XXX only, or of ∂Q\partial\mathcal Q∂Q relative to XXX, would describe a different function, whose subdifferential is unbounded at boundary points of XXX; it is excluded. Subdifferentials require a finite value at the base point, so the equivalence cannot hold vacuously at a point where a function is +∞+\infty+∞. XεX^\varepsilonXε is Metric.cthickening ε X; relative interiors are intrinsicInterior ℝ. Indices are 0-based (Fin p, Fin q). The sums in (2.4) are written with explicit witnesses μi≥0\mu_i\ge0μi​≥0, wi∈∂giw_i\in\partial g_iwi​∈∂gi​ indexed by the active set, which avoids the convention 0⋅∅=∅0\cdot\emptyset=\emptyset0⋅∅=∅.

Repaired statements, each labelled "(repaired)" in its title:

  • Lemma 2.1 (2.4): adds (R1) real-valued gig_igi​, (R2) strict Slater point, (R3) Slater point in ri⁡(dom⁡f)\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{dom}f)ri(domf), and concludes Sol⁡(x0)≠∅\operatorname{Sol}(x_0)\ne\emptysetSol(x0​)=∅, which the printed "where y0y_0y0​ is any element" presupposes.
  • NC2\mathcal N_{C_2}NC2​​ formula: assumes (R1) and (R2) instead of a point of ri⁡(C2)\operatorname{ri}(C_2)ri(C2​).
  • Differentiable case: "fff and ggg differentiable" is read as real-valued and differentiable on the whole space, and (R2) replaces the printed condition.

The sum-rule milestone keeps (2.6) as a hypothesis, as the page states it. The dual-solution milestone reads "primal-dual solution" as y0∈Sol⁡(x0)y_0\in\operatorname{Sol}(x_0)y0​∈Sol(x0​), (λ,μ)∈Λ(x0)(\lambda,\mu)\in\Lambda(x_0)(λ,μ)∈Λ(x0​) with zero duality gap, assumes only primal feasibility of y0y_0y0​ for the converse (as the page does), and extends μ\muμ by zero outside the active set.

A complete development needs: the subdifferential sum rule for proper convex extended-real functions under a relative-interior condition; normal cones of intersections of convex sets with one affine set; normal cones of sublevel sets of finite convex functions under Slater's condition; existence of minimizers of lower semicontinuous functions on compact sets; and a zero-duality-gap (minimax) theorem for Lagrangians of convex programs over a compact convex set. These are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions of any of these lemmas, in the generality of an arbitrary finite-dimensional inner product space, are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Guigues, Convergence Analysis of Sampling-Based Decomposition Methods for Risk-Averse Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs, arXiv:1408.4439v4, 2016; SIAM J. Optim. 26(4), 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1408.4439
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970 (Theorems 23.8, 24(a), 28.2; Corollary 23.8.1). https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
  • P. Girardeau, V. Leclère, A. B. Philpott, On the Convergence of Decomposition Methods for Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs, Math. Oper. Res. 40(1), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2014.0664
  • M. V. F. Pereira, L. M. V. G. Pinto, Multi-stage stochastic optimization applied to energy planning, Math. Programming 52, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582895
  • N. Z. Shor, Nondifferentiable Optimization and Polynomial Problems, Kluwer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-6015-6
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationDynamic ProgrammingOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence Analysis of Sampling-Based Decomposition Methods for Risk-Averse Multistage Stochastic Convex Programs 1: Almost Sure Convergence of the Risk-Averse Sampling-Based Decomposition AlgorithmResearch Paper

Motivation

Multistage stochastic programs model sequential decisions under uncertainty: hydro-thermal scheduling, portfolio management and capacity planning are standard examples. Their dynamic programming equations involve recourse functions (cost-to-go functions) of the decision history, which cannot be computed exactly. Stochastic Dual Dynamic Programming (SDDP), introduced by Pereira and Pinto in 1991, approximates each recourse function from below by a maximum of affine cuts, built at trial points generated by simulating sampled scenarios. SDDP is the method of choice in the energy industry for long-horizon stochastic planning.

Two extensions motivate this mission. Risk-averse planning replaces the expectation at each stage by a coherent risk measure (for instance the Conditional Value-at-Risk), and many applications have convex but nonlinear stage problems. Guigues (2016) proves that the risk-averse sampling algorithm for convex stage problems converges almost surely.

Timeline.

  • 1991: Pereira and Pinto introduce SDDP for linear multistage problems.
  • 2008: Philpott and Guan prove almost sure finite convergence of SDDP-type methods for linear problems with finitely many scenarios.
  • 2011: Shapiro analyses the sample-average SDDP method and formulates its risk-averse variant with nested conditional risk measures; 2013: Philpott, de Matos and Finardi treat SDDP with coherent risk measures in dual form.
  • 2015: Girardeau, Leclère and Philpott prove almost sure (asymptotic) convergence of sampling-based decomposition methods for risk-neutral multistage stochastic convex programs.
  • 2016: Guigues extends that analysis to risk-averse problems in dual form, with nonlinear constraints and interstage independent processes (arXiv:1408.4439, SIAM J. Optim.); the convergence theorem is Theorem 4.1.

Setting

There are TTT stages with decisions xt∈Rnx_t\in\mathbb R^nxt​∈Rn and a given x0x_0x0​. A history x1:t=(x1,…,xt)x_{1:t}=(x_1,\dots,x_t)x1:t​=(x1​,…,xt​) is identified with the vector [x1;… ;xt]∈Rnt[x_1;\dots;x_t]\in\mathbb R^{nt}[x1​;…;xt​]∈Rnt with its Euclidean norm. The random data ξt\xi_tξt​ are interstage independent (H1). For t≥2t\ge2t≥2, ξt\xi_tξt​ takes MMM values ξt,1,…,ξt,M\xi_{t,1},\dots,\xi_{t,M}ξt,1​,…,ξt,M​ with probabilities Φt,j>0\Phi_{t,j}>0Φt,j​>0, and ξ1\xi_1ξ1​ is deterministic. A realization ξt,j\xi_{t,j}ξt,j​ consists of a cost ft(⋅,Ψt,j)f_t(\cdot,\Psi_{t,j})ft​(⋅,Ψt,j​) with values in R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞}, convex constraints gt(x0,⋅,Ψt,j)≤0g_t(x_0,\cdot,\Psi_{t,j})\le0gt​(x0​,⋅,Ψt,j​)≤0 and linear constraints ∑τ=0tAt,τ,jxτ=bt,j\sum_{\tau=0}^tA_{t,\tau,j}x_\tau=b_{t,j}∑τ=0t​At,τ,j​xτ​=bt,j​. Together with a compact set Xt\mathcal X_tXt​, they define the feasible set Xt(x0:t−1,ξt,j)X_t(x_{0:t-1},\xi_{t,j})Xt​(x0:t−1​,ξt,j​).

The risk measure of stage ttt is given in dual form,

ρt(Z)=sup⁡p∈Pt∑j=1MpjΦt,jZj,Pt⊆Dt={p≥0:∑jpjΦt,j=1}.\rho_t(Z)=\sup_{p\in\mathcal P_t}\sum_{j=1}^Mp_j\Phi_{t,j}Z_j,\qquad \mathcal P_t\subseteq\mathcal D_t=\Big\{p\ge0:\sum_jp_j\Phi_{t,j}=1\Big\}.ρt​(Z)=p∈Pt​sup​j=1∑M​pj​Φt,j​Zj​,Pt​⊆Dt​={p≥0:j∑​pj​Φt,j​=1}.

The recourse functions satisfy QT+1≡0\mathcal Q_{T+1}\equiv0QT+1​≡0 and, for t=T,…,2t=T,\dots,2t=T,…,2,

Qt(x1:t−1,ξt,j)=inf⁡xt∈Xt(x0:t−1,ξt,j)ft(x1:t,Ψt,j)+Qt+1(x1:t),Qt(x1:t−1)=ρt(Qt(x1:t−1,ξt)).\mathfrak Q_t(x_{1:t-1},\xi_{t,j})=\inf_{x_t\in X_t(x_{0:t-1},\xi_{t,j})}f_t(x_{1:t},\Psi_{t,j})+\mathcal Q_{t+1}(x_{1:t}),\qquad \mathcal Q_t(x_{1:t-1})=\rho_t\big(\mathfrak Q_t(x_{1:t-1},\xi_t)\big).Qt​(x1:t−1​,ξt,j​)=xt​∈Xt​(x0:t−1​,ξt,j​)inf​ft​(x1:t​,Ψt,j​)+Qt+1​(x1:t​),Qt​(x1:t−1​)=ρt​(Qt​(x1:t−1​,ξt​)).

The first-stage value is Q1(x0)=Q1(x0,ξ1)\mathcal Q_1(x_0)=\mathfrak Q_1(x_0,\xi_1)Q1​(x0​)=Q1​(x0​,ξ1​). Assumption (H2) requires convexity, lower semicontinuity and properness of the data, and fixes an ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 such that the costs are finite and the feasible sets nonempty on the ε\varepsilonε-fattening [X1×⋯×Xt−1]ε[\mathcal X_1\times\dots\times\mathcal X_{t-1}]^\varepsilon[X1​×⋯×Xt−1​]ε. It also asks for a relative-interior point of the nonlinear constraints.

Algorithm 1 keeps cutting-plane models Qtk\mathcal Q^k_tQtk​, starting from Qt0≡−∞\mathcal Q^0_t\equiv-\inftyQt0​≡−∞. At iteration kkk it computes decisions xmkx^k_mxmk​ at every node mmm of the scenario tree, by solving the stage problems with Qt+1k−1\mathcal Q^{k-1}_{t+1}Qt+1k−1​ in place of Qt+1\mathcal Q_{t+1}Qt+1​. It then samples one scenario n1k,…,nTkn^k_1,\dots,n^k_Tn1k​,…,nTk​, with indices ξtk\xi^k_tξtk​ satisfying the independence assumption (H3), and adds at each sampled node one cut

θtk+⟨βtk, ⋅−x[nt−1k]k⟩,θtk=∑mpk,mΦmQtk−1(x[n]k,ξm),βtk=∑mpk,mΦmπk,m.\theta^k_t+\langle\beta^k_t,\,\cdot-x^k_{[n^k_{t-1}]}\rangle,\qquad \theta^k_t=\sum_mp_{k,m}\Phi_m\mathfrak Q^{k-1}_t(x^k_{[n]},\xi_m),\quad\beta^k_t=\sum_mp_{k,m}\Phi_m\pi_{k,m}.θtk​+⟨βtk​,⋅−x[nt−1k​]k​⟩,θtk​=m∑​pk,m​Φm​Qtk−1​(x[n]k​,ξm​),βtk​=m∑​pk,m​Φm​πk,m​.

Here pkp^kpk attains the supremum in ρt\rho_tρt​, and πk,m\pi_{k,m}πk,m​ is a subgradient of Qtk−1(⋅,ξm)\mathfrak Q^{k-1}_t(\cdot,\xi_m)Qtk−1​(⋅,ξm​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (p. 12)

Almost surely, for t=2,…,T+1t=2,\dots,T+1t=2,…,T+1 and every node nnn of stage t−1t-1t−1,

lim⁡k→∞Qt(x[n]k)−Qtk(x[n]k)=0.\lim_{k\to\infty}\mathcal Q_t(x^k_{[n]})-\mathcal Q^k_t(x^k_{[n]})=0.k→∞lim​Qt​(x[n]k​)−Qtk​(x[n]k​)=0.

Almost surely, moreover, Q1k(x0,ξ1)→Q1(x0)\mathfrak Q^k_1(x_0,\xi_1)\to\mathcal Q_1(x_0)Q1k​(x0​,ξ1​)→Q1​(x0​), and every accumulation point of the first-stage decisions (x1k)(x^k_1)(x1k​) is an optimal solution of the first-stage problem.

Milestones

  • Proposition 2.2: subgradient bound ∥s∥≤(M0−m0)/ε\|s\|\le(M_0-m_0)/\varepsilon∥s∥≤(M0​−m0​)/ε for the value function of a convex program.
  • Proposition 3.1: Qt\mathcal Q_tQt​ is convex, finite and continuous on [X1×⋯×Xt−1]ε^[\mathcal X_1\times\dots\times\mathcal X_{t-1}]^{\hat\varepsilon}[X1​×⋯×Xt−1​]ε^, 0<ε^<ε0<\hat\varepsilon<\varepsilon0<ε^<ε.
  • Lemma 3.2: valid cuts Qtk≤Qt\mathcal Q^k_t\le\mathcal Q_tQtk​≤Qt​, bounded cut coefficients and slopes, and Lipschitz models for k≥T−t+1k\ge T-t+1k≥T−t+1.
  • Lemma 3.4: Qtk(x[nt−1k]k)=θtk\mathcal Q^k_t(x^k_{[n^k_{t-1}]})=\theta^k_tQtk​(x[nt−1k​]k​)=θtk​.
  • Lemma 3.5: a uniform Lipschitz constant LLL for the models.
  • (4.26), (4.28), (4.29), (4.31): the steps of the proof of Theorem 4.1. These are the error propagation along the tree, the limit along the iterations through a node, the almost sure limit along the other iterations, and the first-stage bound.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 guarantees that the algorithm's lower bound Q1k(x0,ξ1)\mathfrak Q^k_1(x_0,\xi_1)Q1k​(x0​,ξ1​) converges to the true risk-averse optimal value, and that its first-stage decisions approach optimal ones. It covers nonlinear convex stages, where finite convergence arguments for polyhedral problems do not apply. It also covers every risk measure with a dual representation, including CV@R and its combinations with expectation. Practitioners rely on this to justify stopping rules based on the lower bound.

The result is proved on paper. To our knowledge neither Theorem 4.1 nor its risk-neutral counterpart (Girardeau–Leclère–Philpott, Theorem 3.1) has been machine-checked; the risk-neutral statements are posed, unproved, on this platform. A formalization would check a proof that combines convex analysis (value functions of convex programs, subgradient bounds, Lipschitz continuity on fattenings), cutting-plane bookkeeping and a probabilistic argument (strong law of large numbers along a predictable subsequence).

Difficulty

The cuts are built only along sampled scenarios, so at a given node the approximation is refined only at the iterations whose scenario passes through it. The obvious induction argument controls the error Qt−Qtk\mathcal Q_t-\mathcal Q^k_tQt​−Qtk​ only along those iterations. Extending it to all iterations is the probabilistic core (4.29). It needs the samples to be independent of everything the algorithm has computed so far, and it needs a strong law of large numbers along the subsequence of iterations at which the error is still large. A second difficulty is passing from the current model Qt+1k\mathcal Q^k_{t+1}Qt+1k​ to the previous one Qt+1k−1\mathcal Q^{k-1}_{t+1}Qt+1k−1​. This needs uniform Lipschitz bounds on the models (Lemmas 3.2, 3.5), which in turn rest on the fattening in (H2) and on the subgradient bound of Proposition 2.2.

Formalization scope

  • Histories and norms. Histories are L2L^2L2 products of copies of Rn\mathbb R^nRn (PiLp 2), so fattenings, inner products and Lipschitz constants use the Euclidean norm on Rn(t−1)\mathbb R^{n(t-1)}Rn(t−1). Fattenings are closed thickenings.
  • Extended reals. Values are in EReal, infima are +∞+\infty+∞ on empty feasible sets, and weights pjΦt,jp_j\Phi_{t,j}pj​Φt,j​ are real numbers (with 0⋅(±∞)=00\cdot(\pm\infty)=00⋅(±∞)=0). Limits of gaps are taken in EReal, so that convergence to 000 forces the gaps to become finite.
  • Data and indices. The recourse functions are constructed by the backward recursion from the data. The scenario tree is the product tree indexed by histories of realization indices, so (H1) is built into the model. Stage 1 uses the data of the first realization index.
  • Runs. A run is pinned to fixed deterministic choice rules (minimizers, maximizing pkp^kpk, subgradients), so it uses only present and past samples. The goal holds for every choice of rules.
  • Departures from the printed text, disclosed in the items.
    • The cut slope πk,m\pi_{k,m}πk,m​ is any subgradient of Qtk−1(⋅,ξm)\mathfrak Q^{k-1}_t(\cdot,\xi_m)Qtk−1​(⋅,ξm​). The printed formula on p. 9 uses a partial subgradient of ftf_tft​, which is not a subgradient when ftf_tft​ is nonsmooth, and the proof only uses the subgradient property.
    • Pt≠∅\mathcal P_t\ne\emptysetPt​=∅ is assumed; it is implicit, because ρt\rho_tρt​ is a real-valued coherent risk measure.
    • In Proposition 2.2, M0M_0M0​ is an extended-real supremum. The proof's claim that M0M_0M0​ is finite does not follow from lower semicontinuity.
    • Lemma 3.2's vacuous "almost surely" is dropped.
    • One ε\varepsilonε serves all stages in (H2).
  • Ruled out. A formalization in which the decisions or cuts ignore the models, or in which Pt=∅\mathcal P_t=\emptysetPt​=∅ or every stage value is +∞+\infty+∞, would make the limits trivial. The decisions must minimize against Qt+1k−1\mathcal Q^{k-1}_{t+1}Qt+1k−1​, the cut must use the attained supremum, and the companion item run_exists shows that under (H2), with closed Pt\mathcal P_tPt​, rules producing a run exist for every sample path.
  • Infrastructure and contributions. A complete development needs value functions of parametric convex programs, subgradient bounds for convex functions on fattenings, Lipschitz continuity of finite maxima of affine functions, and a strong law of large numbers along predictably selected subsequences (Lemma A.3 of Girardeau–Leclère–Philpott). The last two are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone, or to these general lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Guigues, Convergence analysis of sampling-based decomposition methods for risk-averse multistage stochastic convex programs, SIAM J. Optim. 26(4), 2016; preprint arXiv:1408.4439v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1408.4439
  • P. Girardeau, V. Leclère, A. B. Philpott, On the convergence of decomposition methods for multistage stochastic convex programs, Math. Oper. Res. 40(1), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2014.0664
  • M. V. F. Pereira, L. M. V. G. Pinto, Multi-stage stochastic optimization applied to energy planning, Math. Program. 52, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582895
  • A. B. Philpott, Z. Guan, On the convergence of stochastic dual dynamic programming and related methods, Oper. Res. Lett. 36(4), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orl.2008.01.013
  • A. B. Philpott, V. L. de Matos, E. Finardi, On solving multistage stochastic programs with coherent risk measures, Oper. Res. 61(4), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2013.1175
  • A. Shapiro, Analysis of stochastic dual dynamic programming method, European J. Oper. Res. 209(1), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2010.08.007
15 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dual Dynamic Integer Programming 1: With Valid, Tight and Finite Cuts, Stochastic Nested Decomposition Finds an Optimal Solution in Finitely Many Iterations with Probability OneResearch Paper

Motivation

Multistage stochastic programs model decisions taken over time while uncertain data are revealed: generation scheduling in hydro-thermal power systems, capacity expansion, unit commitment, portfolio management. When the uncertainty is represented by a finite scenario tree, the problem becomes one very large deterministic program, and decomposition algorithms solve it stage by stage. For linear problems the standard methods are nested Benders decomposition and its sampling variant, stochastic dual dynamic programming (SDDP), introduced by Pereira and Pinto (1991). Both rely on the convexity of the value functions, which they approximate from below by linear cuts.

Many applications need integer decisions (on/off status of generators, investment choices), and integer variables destroy convexity. Zou, Ahmed and Sun (Math. Program. 175 (2019) 461–502) observed that when the state variables passed between stages are binary, exact convex polyhedral representations still exist on the binary points. They proposed stochastic nested decomposition (SND) and its stage-wise independent special case SDDiP, and identified three properties of cuts (valid, tight, finite) under which the algorithms converge. This mission formalizes that convergence theorem, Theorem 2 of the paper.

Timeline. Birge (1985) gave nested decomposition for multistage linear programs; Pereira and Pinto (1991) introduced SDDP. Philpott and Guan (2008) proved almost sure finite convergence of SDDP-type methods for linear problems, and Girardeau, Leclère and Philpott (2015) extended convergence to convex problems. Zou, Ahmed and Sun (2019) proved finite convergence with probability one for mixed integer problems with binary states and abstract valid, tight and finite cuts, and showed that their Lagrangian cuts have the first two properties.

Setting

Let T\mathcal TT be a scenario tree with stages 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T, root 111, parent map a(n)a(n)a(n) and children C(n)\mathcal C(n)C(n). The nodes of the last stage are the scenarios. Node probabilities satisfy pn>0p_n>0pn​>0, p1=1p_1=1p1​=1, and pn=∑m∈C(n)pmp_n=\sum_{m\in\mathcal C(n)}p_mpn​=∑m∈C(n)​pm​ before the last stage, and qnm=pm/pnq_{nm}=p_m/p_nqnm​=pm​/pn​. Each node has a linear cost fn(xn,yn)f_n(x_n,y_n)fn​(xn​,yn​) and a nonempty compact mixed integer polyhedral set XnX_nXn​ (assumption (A1)). The state xn∈{0,1}dx_n\in\{0,1\}^dxn​∈{0,1}d is binary, the local variables yny_nyn​ are general, and the root's parent state xˉ0\bar x_0xˉ0​ is fixed. The problem in local-copy form (2.1) is

min⁡∑n∈Tpnfn(xn,yn)s.t.(zn,xn,yn)∈Xn, zn=xa(n), xn∈{0,1}d.\min\sum_{n\in\mathcal T}p_nf_n(x_n,y_n)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad(z_n,x_n,y_n)\in X_n,\ z_n=x_{a(n)},\ x_n\in\{0,1\}^d .minn∈T∑​pn​fn​(xn​,yn​)s.t.(zn​,xn​,yn​)∈Xn​, zn​=xa(n)​, xn​∈{0,1}d.

Its value functions satisfy the recursion (2.3): Qn(xa(n))=min⁡{fn(xn,yn)+Qn(xn)}Q_n(x_{a(n)})=\min\{f_n(x_n,y_n)+\mathcal Q_n(x_n)\}Qn​(xa(n)​)=min{fn​(xn​,yn​)+Qn​(xn​)} over the nodal feasible set, with the expected cost-to-go function Qn(x)=∑m∈C(n)qnmQm(x)\mathcal Q_n(x)=\sum_{m\in\mathcal C(n)}q_{nm}Q_m(x)Qn​(x)=∑m∈C(n)​qnm​Qm​(x).

The SND algorithm keeps an under-approximation ψni\psi^i_nψni​ of each Qn\mathcal Q_nQn​: the maximum of a lower bound LnL_nLn​ and the aggregated cuts ∑m∈C(n)qnm(vmℓ+(πmℓ)⊤x)\sum_{m\in\mathcal C(n)}q_{nm}(v^\ell_m+(\pi^\ell_m)^\top x)∑m∈C(n)​qnm​(vmℓ​+(πmℓ​)⊤x) collected so far (3.2). Each iteration iii samples MMM scenarios with replacement. In the forward step it solves the nodal problems Pni(xa(n)i,ψni)P^i_n(x^i_{a(n)},\psi^i_n)Pni​(xa(n)i​,ψni​) from the root down, which yields the forward tree solution {(xni,yni)}\{(x^i_n,y^i_n)\}{(xni​,yni​)} of (3.6). In the backward step, at every sampled node it generates one cut per child at the state xnix^i_nxni​ and adds their aggregate to ψn\psi_nψn​. Cuts are valid if Qm(x)≥vmi+(πmi)⊤xQ_m(x)\ge v^i_m+(\pi^i_m)^\top xQm​(x)≥vmi​+(πmi​)⊤x on {0,1}d\{0,1\}^d{0,1}d (3.4). They are tight if they equal the value Q‾mi(xni,ψmi+1)\underline Q^i_m(x^i_n,\psi^{i+1}_m)Q​mi​(xni​,ψmi+1​) of the child's updated nodal problem at xnix^i_nxni​ (3.5). They are finite if only finitely many distinct cuts occur. Assumption (A3) requires the nodal solver to return the same optimal solution whenever it is given the same problem.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 474)

With sampling with replacement, valid, tight and finite cuts, and a solver satisfying (A3), the following holds with probability one:

∃ i0  ∀i≥i0:{(xni,yni)}n∈T is an optimal solution of (2.1).\exists\, i_0\ \ \forall i\ge i_0:\quad \{(x^i_n,y^i_n)\}_{n\in\mathcal T}\ \text{is an optimal solution of (2.1)}.∃i0​  ∀i≥i0​:{(xni​,yni​)}n∈T​ is an optimal solution of (2.1).

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Valid cuts give under-approximations, ψni≤Qn\psi^i_n\le\mathcal Q_nψni​≤Qn​ and Q‾ni≤Qn\underline Q^i_n\le Q_nQ​ni​≤Qn​ (proof of Claim 1, p. 475).
  2. Claim 1: if ψni(xni)=Qn(xni)\psi^i_n(x^i_n)=\mathcal Q_n(x^i_n)ψni​(xni​)=Qn​(xni​) for all nnn, the forward solution is optimal for (2.1) (p. 475).
  3. With finitely many possible cuts, the approximations {ψni}\{\psi^i_n\}{ψni​} change only in finitely many iterations (pp. 474–475).
  4. (3.8a)–(3.8f): a sampled node whose children are exact becomes exact after its backward step (p. 476).
  5. Under sampling with replacement, every scenario is sampled in infinitely many iterations, almost surely (p. 476).
  6. Claim 2: almost surely, no infinite block of unchanged approximations has a non-optimal forward solution (p. 475).

Significance

Theorem 2 separates the convergence of nested decomposition from the choice of cuts. Any cut family with the three properties yields an exact algorithm for multistage stochastic integer programs with binary states. The paper verifies the properties for integer optimality cuts and, through its Theorem 3, shows that Lagrangian cuts from the local-copy reformulation are valid and tight. The convergence of SDDiP, the variant used in computations, follows from the same theorem, and binary expansion of general integer states extends the reach to mixed integer state spaces.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof exists. A formal development would turn its informal points into checked statements: that the minima are attained, that the DP recursion is equivalent to the extensive form, and that the finiteness of cuts is global. It would also supply a reusable framework (scenario trees with node probabilities, cut-based approximations, sampled runs) for the convergence theory of SDDP-type methods.

Difficulty

No single step is deep; the difficulty is the interaction of the pieces. A tempting argument says the approximations stop changing, so the algorithm stops at an optimum. But a stalled run need not be optimal: if a node at which ψn\psi_nψn​ is inexact is never sampled again, nothing changes and the forward solution stays suboptimal. The proof must therefore combine three things: the deterministic finiteness of changes, an almost sure statement about sampling, and the exactness chain (3.8). That chain depends on tightness with respect to the updated approximation of the child, and it fails if tightness refers to the approximation from before the backward step. The equivalence between optimality for the DP recursion and for the extensive form (2.1), used without proof in Claim 1, also requires a backward induction over the tree.

Formalization scope

The tree is the platform definition StochasticProg.Multistage.Tree H, with stage ttt of the paper equal to stage = t − 1. Binary vectors are Fin d → Bool, embedded in Rd\mathbb R^dRd. The copy variable znz_nzn​ is eliminated through zn=xa(n)z_n=x_{a(n)}zn​=xa(n)​. Minima are written as infima over sets that the standing assumptions make nonempty, bounded below and attained. Lean iterations are numbered from 000, and the run is infinite (stopping criteria and bounds play no role).

Readings of informal words. "Optimal solution of (2.1)" means a feasible tree solution of least cost ∑npnfn\sum_np_nf_n∑n​pn​fn​ among all feasible tree solutions. "After a finite number of iterations" means from some iteration on, in every iteration (∀ᶠ i in atTop). "With probability one" refers to a probability space carrying independent draws, M≥1M\ge1M≥1 per iteration, each with law {pn:n∈ST}\{p_n:n\in S_T\}{pn​:n∈ST​}. "Finite" cuts means one finite set for the whole run, as the proof uses it, not a different finite set per iteration. (A3) means the solver is a function of the node, the parent state and the approximation, and returns an optimal solution.

Added hypotheses, which the paper uses without stating them: pn>0p_n>0pn​>0; every nodal problem is feasible for every binary parent state, which replaces (A2) (not used by Theorem 2); and the lower bounds under-estimate, Ln≤QnL_n\le\mathcal Q_nLn​≤Qn​, which is Algorithm 1's "initial under-approximation".

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: tightness refers to the child's approximation after its own update, optimality is for the true extensive form and not relative to ψ\psiψ, and the probability statement is over independent sampling, not over a fixed sample sequence assumed to visit every scenario.

Contributions welcome: the attainment lemmas for nodal minima, the DP/extensive-form equivalence on trees, and the second Borel–Cantelli argument for repeated sampling. All of these are reusable for other SDDP-type convergence results.

Selected references

  • J. Zou, S. Ahmed, X. A. Sun, Stochastic dual dynamic integer programming, Math. Program. 175 (2019) 461–502. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-018-1249-5
  • M. V. F. Pereira, L. M. V. G. Pinto, Multi-stage stochastic optimization applied to energy planning, Math. Program. 52 (1991) 359–375. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582895
  • A. B. Philpott, Z. Guan, On the convergence of stochastic dual dynamic programming and related methods, Oper. Res. Lett. 36 (2008) 450–455. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.orl.2008.01.013
  • P. Girardeau, V. Leclère, A. B. Philpott, On the convergence of decomposition methods for multistage stochastic convex programs, Math. Oper. Res. 40 (2015) 130–145. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2014.0664
  • J. R. Birge, Decomposition and partitioning methods for multistage stochastic linear programs, Oper. Res. 33 (1985) 989–1007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.33.5.989
10 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Universality of Power-of-d Load Balancing in Many-Server Systems 2: JSQ(d(N)) with d(N)/(√N log N) → ∞ Has the Same Halfin–Whitt Diffusion Limit as the Join-the-Shortest-Queue PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

A data center or cloud platform routes each incoming task to one of NNN parallel servers. Sending each task to a server with the shortest queue, the join-the-shortest-queue (JSQ) policy, minimizes waiting in a strong sense, but the dispatcher must learn all NNN queue lengths for every arrival. The power-of-d schemes cut this communication: the dispatcher samples ddd servers and joins the shortest of them. Mukherjee, Borst, van Leeuwaarden and Whiting ask how large d=d(N)d=d(N)d=d(N) must be for the sampled scheme to perform as well as JSQ as N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞. They answer at two scales. At the fluid scale (mission 1 of this series) d(N)→∞d(N)\to\inftyd(N)→∞ suffices. At the diffusion scale of the Halfin–Whitt regime, the subject of this mission, d(N)/(Nlog⁡N)→∞d(N)/(\sqrt N\log N)\to\inftyd(N)/(N​logN)→∞ suffices, and d(N)/(Nlog⁡N)→0d(N)/(\sqrt N\log N)\to 0d(N)/(N​logN)→0 does not.

Timeline:

  • Halfin and Whitt (1981) introduced the heavy-traffic regime (N−λ(N))/N→β>0(N-\lambda(N))/\sqrt N\to\beta>0(N−λ(N))/N​→β>0 for many-server systems.
  • Eschenfeldt and Gamarnik (2018, arXiv:1502.00999) proved the diffusion limit of ordinary JSQ in this regime, the system (2.4) below.
  • Mukherjee, Borst, van Leeuwaarden and Whiting (Stochastic Systems 8(4), 2018; arXiv:1612.00723v2) proved that JSQ(d(N)) has the same diffusion limit when d(N)/(Nlog⁡N)→∞d(N)/(\sqrt N\log N)\to\inftyd(N)/(N​logN)→∞ (Theorem 2.4), and that the limit differs when d(N)/(Nlog⁡N)→0d(N)/(\sqrt N\log N)\to 0d(N)/(N​logN)→0 (Theorem 2.5).

Setting

There are NNN servers, each with a buffer of size b∈{2,3,… }∪{∞}b\in\{2,3,\dots\}\cup\{\infty\}b∈{2,3,…}∪{∞} that counts the task in service. Tasks arrive as a Poisson process of rate λ(N)\lambda(N)λ(N), and each needs a unit-mean exponential amount of work, served at unit rate. A task sent to a full server is discarded. Under JSQ(d) the dispatcher samples ddd servers without replacement (1≤d≤N1\le d\le N1≤d≤N) and sends the task to a server with the shortest queue among them. For d=Nd=Nd=N this is JSQ.

The state is the occupancy vector Q=(Q1,…,Qb)Q=(Q_1,\dots,Q_b)Q=(Q1​,…,Qb​), where QiQ_iQi​ is the number of servers with at least iii tasks. The conventions are Q0=NQ_0=NQ0​=N and Qi=0Q_i=0Qi​=0 for i>bi>bi>b. With the servers ordered by nondecreasing queue length, the ccc-th ordered server has queue length I(c)=max⁡{i≥0:Qi≥N−c+1}I(c)=\max\{i\ge0:Q_i\ge N-c+1\}I(c)=max{i≥0:Qi​≥N−c+1}. An arrival at position ccc raises QI(c)+1Q_{I(c)+1}QI(c)+1​ by one when I(c)<bI(c)<bI(c)<b. A departure at position kkk lowers QI(k)Q_{I(k)}QI(k)​ by one when I(k)≥1I(k)\ge1I(k)≥1. JSQ(d) routes to the smallest position in a uniform ddd-subset of {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}{1,…,N}.

In the Halfin–Whitt regime (N−λ(N))/N→β>0(N-\lambda(N))/\sqrt N\to\beta>0(N−λ(N))/N​→β>0, the diffusion-scaled state is

Qˉ1=−N−Q1N,Qˉi=QiN(i≥2).\bar Q_1=-\frac{N-Q_1}{\sqrt N},\qquad \bar Q_i=\frac{Q_i}{\sqrt N}\quad(i\ge2).Qˉ​1​=−N​N−Q1​​,Qˉ​i​=N​Qi​​(i≥2).

Here −Qˉ1-\bar Q_1−Qˉ​1​ is the scaled number of idle servers.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.4 (pp. 7–8)

Let β>0\beta>0β>0, b≥2b\ge2b≥2 and k≥2k\ge2k≥2. Assume Qˉk+1(0)=0\bar Q_{k+1}(0)=0Qˉ​k+1​(0)=0 for large NNN and (Qˉ1(0),…,Qˉk(0))⇒ν(\bar Q_1(0),\dots,\bar Q_k(0))\Rightarrow\nu(Qˉ​1​(0),…,Qˉ​k​(0))⇒ν. If d(N)/(Nlog⁡N)→∞d(N)/(\sqrt N\log N)\to\inftyd(N)/(N​logN)→∞, then Qˉd(N)⇒Qˉ\bar Q^{d(N)}\Rightarrow\bar QQˉ​d(N)⇒Qˉ​ in Dℓ1[0,∞)D_{\ell_1}[0,\infty)Dℓ1​​[0,∞), where Qˉi≡0\bar Q_i\equiv 0Qˉ​i​≡0 for i≥k+1i\ge k+1i≥k+1 and

Qˉ1(t)=Qˉ1(0)+2W(t)−βt+∫0t(−Qˉ1+Qˉ2) ds−U1(t),Qˉ2(t)=Qˉ2(0)+U1(t)−∫0t(Qˉ2−Qˉ3) ds,Qˉi(t)=Qˉi(0)−∫0t(Qˉi−Qˉi+1) ds,3≤i≤k.\begin{aligned}\bar Q_1(t)&=\bar Q_1(0)+\sqrt2W(t)-\beta t+\int_0^t(-\bar Q_1+\bar Q_2)\,ds-U_1(t),\\ \bar Q_2(t)&=\bar Q_2(0)+U_1(t)-\int_0^t(\bar Q_2-\bar Q_3)\,ds,\\ \bar Q_i(t)&=\bar Q_i(0)-\int_0^t(\bar Q_i-\bar Q_{i+1})\,ds,\quad 3\le i\le k.\end{aligned}Qˉ​1​(t)Qˉ​2​(t)Qˉ​i​(t)​=Qˉ​1​(0)+2​W(t)−βt+∫0t​(−Qˉ​1​+Qˉ​2​)ds−U1​(t),=Qˉ​2​(0)+U1​(t)−∫0t​(Qˉ​2​−Qˉ​3​)ds,=Qˉ​i​(0)−∫0t​(Qˉ​i​−Qˉ​i+1​)ds,3≤i≤k.​

Here WWW is a standard Brownian motion and U1U_1U1​ is the nonnegative nondecreasing regulator with ∫0∞1[Qˉ1<0] dU1=0\int_0^\infty\mathbb 1_{[\bar Q_1<0]}\,dU_1=0∫0∞​1[Qˉ​1​<0]​dU1​=0. The goal also asserts that this solution is unique.

Milestones

  1. Uniqueness clause of Theorem 2.4: (2.4), with the constraint Qˉ1≤0\bar Q_1\le0Qˉ​1​≤0, has at most one solution for every driving path.
  2. Theorem 2.4 for d(N)=Nd(N)=Nd(N)=N: the JSQ diffusion limit of [8, Theorem 2], stated along an arbitrary sequence of server counts Nj→∞N_j\to\inftyNj​→∞.
  3. Proposition 5.1 (p. 32): if JSQ has the diffusion limit along every such sequence, then so does JSQ(d(N)) with d(N)/(Nlog⁡N)→∞d(N)/(\sqrt N\log N)\to\inftyd(N)/(N​logN)→∞.

The goal follows from 1–3.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.4 shows that O(Nlog⁡N)O(\sqrt N\log N)O(N​logN) queue-length queries per arrival already achieve diffusion-level optimality: over any finite horizon only OP(N)O_P(\sqrt N)OP​(N​) servers are idle and only OP(N)O_P(\sqrt N)OP​(N​) hold two or more tasks, exactly as under JSQ. With Theorem 2.5 it identifies Nlog⁡N\sqrt N\log NN​logN as the minimal order of d(N)d(N)d(N). The diffusion limit is also the input for the steady-state analyses of JSQ in this regime (Braverman; Banerjee and Mukherjee).

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; nothing in it is machine-checked. A formalization needs:

  • a rigorous construction of the many-server JSQ(d) process;
  • the stochastic-coupling comparison of §3;
  • weak convergence of ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-valued processes;
  • a reflected integral equation of Skorokhod type.

The Eschenfeldt–Gamarnik limit (milestone 2) is cited by the paper, not proved in it, so its formalization is a separate, substantial contribution.

Difficulty

JSQ(d(N)) cannot be compared with JSQ path by path. The same arrival is routed to different servers under the two schemes, so their occupancy vectors drift apart and do not stay ordered. The obvious generator-based diffusion argument for JSQ(d(N)) itself does not close either. The routing probabilities depend on the whole ordered queue-length profile through (⋅d)/(Nd)\binom{\cdot}{d}/\binom{N}{d}(d⋅​)/(dN​)-type terms, and these do not reduce to a function of Qˉ1,Qˉ2\bar Q_1,\bar Q_2Qˉ​1​,Qˉ​2​ at scale N\sqrt NN​ unless d(N)d(N)d(N) is large enough.

The threshold is sharp: for d(N)≪Nlog⁡Nd(N)\ll\sqrt N\log Nd(N)≪N​logN the limit is different (Theorem 2.5). Any argument therefore has to use the growth rate quantitatively, controlling at scale oP(N)o_P(\sqrt N)oP​(N​) over a finite horizon how often JSQ(d(N)) fails to make a near-shortest choice. A qualitative fluid-type argument cannot do this. A second difficulty is the limit itself: (2.4) is a reflected equation whose regulator enters two coordinates, so even its well-posedness needs a Skorokhod-type argument with feedback.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions:

  • Levels and positions use the paper's index base: Q i is QiQ_iQi​ for i≥1i\ge1i≥1, with Q 0 = N, and positions are 1,…,N1,\dots,N1,…,N. The initial vector Fin k → ℝ lists levels 1,…,k1,\dots,k1,…,k.
  • Buffer b : ℕ∞ with 2 ≤ b; ⊤ is an infinite buffer.
  • Process construction is by uniformization. A Poisson clock of rate λ+N\lambda+Nλ+N is built from i.i.d. expMeasure (λ + N) interarrival times through the published renewalCount/partialSum. Its i.i.d. marks are arrivals, with probability λ/(λ+N)\lambda/(\lambda+N)λ/(λ+N) and a uniform ddd-subset, or departures at a uniform position. Marks are independent of the clock and of a random initial state. The model is therefore the paper's in law. Sampling is without replacement, so JSQ(N) is JSQ.
  • Path space. DS[0,∞)D_{\mathbb S}[0,\infty)DS​[0,∞) is read as ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-valued càdlàg paths, as the proof controls ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ distances. Weak convergence to the continuous limit is stated in coupling form: a common probability space with copies of the laws and almost sure uniform convergence in ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ on compacts.
  • Initial convergence is joint convergence in law of (Qˉ1(0),…,Qˉk(0))(\bar Q_1(0),\dots,\bar Q_k(0))(Qˉ​1​(0),…,Qˉ​k​(0)), via bounded continuous test functions. The page's coordinatewise convergence does not determine the limit. The limit's initial value is independent of WWW.
  • Solution concept of (2.4) includes Qˉ1≤0\bar Q_1\le0Qˉ​1​≤0, implicit in the paper; without it U1≡0U_1\equiv0U1​≡0 satisfies the complementarity condition and uniqueness fails. ∫1[Qˉ1<0]dU1=0\int\mathbb 1_{[\bar Q_1<0]}dU_1=0∫1[Qˉ​1​<0]​dU1​=0 is a Lebesgue–Stieltjes measure condition. WWW is Mathlib's IsBrownianReal.
  • "Same diffusion limit" in Proposition 5.1 is the paper's reduction: the JSQ result, for all server-count sequences, implies the JSQ(d(N)) result.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out. The goal asserts the existence of the limit (Brownian motion, initial value and solution), not merely that every limit point solves (2.4). The system hypotheses are satisfiable: the mark law has total mass one, which is checked in Lean. The convergence is of the whole ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ path, including the tail above level kkk.

Infrastructure needed and welcome:

  • a library for ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-valued càdlàg processes;
  • the one-sided Skorokhod map with Lipschitz feedback, reusable for many reflected limits;
  • the S-coupling of §3, posed as milestones in mission 1 of this series;
  • a formal proof of the Eschenfeldt–Gamarnik JSQ limit.

Selected references

  • D. Mukherjee, S. C. Borst, J. S. H. van Leeuwaarden, P. A. Whiting, Universality of power-of-d load balancing in many-server systems, Stochastic Systems 8(4), 2018. arXiv:1612.00723v2, doi:10.1287/stsy.2018.0016
  • P. Eschenfeldt, D. Gamarnik, Join the shortest queue with many servers. The heavy-traffic asymptotics, Mathematics of Operations Research 43(3), 2018. arXiv:1502.00999
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-traffic limits for queues with many exponential servers, Operations Research 29(3), 1981. doi:10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • A. Braverman, Steady-state analysis of the join-the-shortest-queue model in the Halfin–Whitt regime, Mathematics of Operations Research 45(3), 2020. arXiv:1801.05121
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Strict Constraint Qualifications and Sequential Optimality Conditions for Constrained Optimization IV: CAKKT-Regularity Implies Abadie's Constraint QualificationResearch Paper

Motivation

Algorithms for smooth nonlinear programming, such as augmented Lagrangian, interior point and sequential quadratic programming methods, do not stop at exact Karush–Kuhn–Tucker (KKT) points. They stop at points where the KKT conditions hold approximately. Sequential optimality conditions make this precise: they are properties of sequences xk→x∗x^k\to x^*xk→x∗ with approximate multipliers, satisfied at every local minimizer without any constraint qualification, and verified by the iterates of practical methods. To conclude that a limit point is a KKT point, one still needs a condition on the constraints. Andreani, Martínez, Ramos and Silva (Optimization Online 5197, 2015; Math. Oper. Res. 43(3), 2018, doi:10.1287/moor.2017.0879) identify, for each of several sequential conditions, the weakest such condition. They call it the weakest strict constraint qualification associated with that condition, and they place each one within the classical hierarchy of constraint qualifications.

This mission concerns the Complementary AKKT condition (CAKKT) of Andreani, Martínez and Svaiter (SIAM J. Optim. 20(6), 2010). CAKKT is strictly stronger than AKKT and is satisfied by the limit points of an augmented Lagrangian method under a weak Łojasiewicz-type hypothesis. The paper's §6.1 compares the associated weakest strict CQ, CAKKT-regularity, with Abadie's constraint qualification, one of the classical conditions of nonlinear programming. The answer is that CAKKT-regularity implies Abadie's CQ, and the converse fails.

Timeline:

  • 1967: Abadie introduces the condition LΩ(x∗)=TΩ(x∗)L_\Omega(x^*)=T_\Omega(x^*)LΩ​(x∗)=TΩ​(x∗).
  • 1969: Guignard weakens it to equality of the polars.
  • 1971: Gould and Tolle prove that Guignard's condition is the weakest CQ guaranteeing KKT at local minimizers.
  • 2010: Andreani, Martínez and Svaiter introduce CAKKT.
  • 2016: Andreani, Martínez, Ramos and Silva characterize the weakest strict CQ for AKKT, the cone continuity property (SIAM J. Optim. 26(1)).
  • 2015/2018: the present paper defines CAKKT-regularity and proves Theorems 4.3 and 6.4.

Setting

Let h1,…,hm,g1,…,gp:Rn→Rh_1,\dots,h_m,g_1,\dots,g_p:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rh1​,…,hm​,g1​,…,gp​:Rn→R be continuously differentiable, and let

Ω={x∈Rn: hi(x)=0 (i≤m), gj(x)≤0 (j≤p)}.\Omega=\{x\in\mathbb R^n:\ h_i(x)=0\ (i\le m),\ g_j(x)\le 0\ (j\le p)\}.Ω={x∈Rn: hi​(x)=0 (i≤m), gj​(x)≤0 (j≤p)}.

For feasible x∗x^*x∗, J(x∗)={j:gj(x∗)=0}J(x^*)=\{j: g_j(x^*)=0\}J(x∗)={j:gj​(x∗)=0} is the set of active inequalities. The polar of a set KKK is K∘={v:⟨v,k⟩≤0 ∀k∈K}K^\circ=\{v:\langle v,k\rangle\le 0\ \forall k\in K\}K∘={v:⟨v,k⟩≤0 ∀k∈K}.

  • The tangent cone TΩ(x∗)T_\Omega(x^*)TΩ​(x∗) is the set of ddd for which there are tk↓0t_k\downarrow 0tk​↓0 and dk→dd^k\to ddk→d with x∗+tkdk∈Ωx^*+t_kd^k\in\Omegax∗+tk​dk∈Ω.
  • The linearized cone is LΩ(x∗)={d:⟨∇hi(x∗),d⟩=0 ∀i, ⟨∇gj(x∗),d⟩≤0 ∀j∈J(x∗)}L_\Omega(x^*)=\{d:\langle\nabla h_i(x^*),d\rangle=0\ \forall i,\ \langle\nabla g_j(x^*),d\rangle\le 0\ \forall j\in J(x^*)\}LΩ​(x∗)={d:⟨∇hi​(x∗),d⟩=0 ∀i, ⟨∇gj​(x∗),d⟩≤0 ∀j∈J(x∗)}.
  • The regular normal cone N^Ω(z)\widehat N_\Omega(z)NΩ​(z) is the set of www with ⟨w,y−z⟩≤o(∥y−z∥)\langle w,y-z\rangle\le o(\|y-z\|)⟨w,y−z⟩≤o(∥y−z∥) for y∈Ωy\in\Omegay∈Ω.
  • The limiting normal cone NΩ(x∗)N_\Omega(x^*)NΩ​(x∗) is the set of limits of wk∈N^Ω(zk)w^k\in\widehat N_\Omega(z^k)wk∈NΩ​(zk) along zk→x∗z^k\to x^*zk→x∗ in Ω\OmegaΩ.

Abadie's CQ holds at x∗x^*x∗ when LΩ(x∗)=TΩ(x∗)L_\Omega(x^*)=T_\Omega(x^*)LΩ​(x∗)=TΩ​(x∗).

An objective fff satisfies CAKKT at x∗x^*x∗ if there are xk→x∗x^k\to x^*xk→x∗, λk∈Rm\lambda^k\in\mathbb R^mλk∈Rm and μk∈R+p\mu^k\in\mathbb R^p_+μk∈R+p​ with

∇f(xk)+∑iλik∇hi(xk)+∑jμjk∇gj(xk)→0,∑i∣λikhi(xk)∣+∑j∣μjkgj(xk)∣→0.\nabla f(x^k)+\sum_i\lambda_i^k\nabla h_i(x^k)+\sum_j\mu_j^k\nabla g_j(x^k)\to 0,\qquad \sum_i|\lambda_i^kh_i(x^k)|+\sum_j|\mu_j^kg_j(x^k)|\to 0.∇f(xk)+i∑​λik​∇hi​(xk)+j∑​μjk​∇gj​(xk)→0,i∑​∣λik​hi​(xk)∣+j∑​∣μjk​gj​(xk)∣→0.

For x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn and r≥0r\ge 0r≥0, let KC(x,r)K_C(x,r)KC​(x,r) be the set of vectors ∑iλi∇hi(x)+∑j∈J(x∗)μj∇gj(x)\sum_i\lambda_i\nabla h_i(x)+\sum_{j\in J(x^*)}\mu_j\nabla g_j(x)∑i​λi​∇hi​(x)+∑j∈J(x∗)​μj​∇gj​(x) with μ≥0\mu\ge 0μ≥0 and ∑i∣λihi(x)∣+∑j∈J(x∗)∣μjgj(x)∣≤r\sum_i|\lambda_ih_i(x)|+\sum_{j\in J(x^*)}|\mu_jg_j(x)|\le r∑i​∣λi​hi​(x)∣+∑j∈J(x∗)​∣μj​gj​(x)∣≤r. The point x∗x^*x∗ is CAKKT-regular if (x,r)⇉KC(x,r)(x,r)\rightrightarrows K_C(x,r)(x,r)⇉KC​(x,r) is outer semicontinuous at (x∗,0)(x^*,0)(x∗,0):

lim sup⁡(x,r)→(x∗,0)KC(x,r)⊆KC(x∗,0).\limsup_{(x,r)\to(x^*,0)}K_C(x,r)\subseteq K_C(x^*,0).(x,r)→(x∗,0)limsup​KC​(x,r)⊆KC​(x∗,0).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.4

x∗∈Ω CAKKT-regular⟹LΩ(x∗)=TΩ(x∗).x^*\in\Omega\ \text{CAKKT-regular}\quad\Longrightarrow\quad L_\Omega(x^*)=T_\Omega(x^*).x∗∈Ω CAKKT-regular⟹LΩ​(x∗)=TΩ​(x∗).

Milestones

The inclusion TΩ(x∗)⊆LΩ(x∗)T_\Omega(x^*)\subseteq L_\Omega(x^*)TΩ​(x∗)⊆LΩ​(x∗) always holds, so the content of the goal is the reverse inclusion. The milestones are the statements the paper's proof uses, in attack order:

  1. Lemma 6.1: every y∈TΩ(xˉ)∘y\in T_\Omega(\bar x)^\circy∈TΩ​(xˉ)∘ equals −∇F(xˉ)-\nabla F(\bar x)−∇F(xˉ) for a C1C^1C1 function FFF that has a strict global minimum over Ω\OmegaΩ at xˉ\bar xxˉ.
  2. Lemma 6.2: such a yyy is the limit of multiplier combinations ωk\omega^kωk at points xk→xˉx^k\to\bar xxk→xˉ. The multipliers satisfy μjk=ckmax⁡{0,gj(xk)}\mu^k_j=c_k\max\{0,g_j(x^k)\}μjk​=ck​max{0,gj​(xk)}, and the complementarity residual rkr^krk tends to 000.
  3. N^S(z)=TS(z)∘\widehat N_S(z)=T_S(z)^\circNS​(z)=TS​(z)∘ for every set SSS.
  4. TΩ(x∗)⊆LΩ(x∗)T_\Omega(x^*)\subseteq L_\Omega(x^*)TΩ​(x∗)⊆LΩ​(x∗).
  5. KC(x∗,0)=LΩ(x∗)∘K_C(x^*,0)=L_\Omega(x^*)^\circKC​(x∗,0)=LΩ​(x∗)∘.
  6. Under CAKKT-regularity, NΩ(x∗)⊆LΩ(x∗)∘N_\Omega(x^*)\subseteq L_\Omega(x^*)^\circNΩ​(x∗)⊆LΩ​(x∗)∘.
  7. NS(z)∘⊆TS(z)N_S(z)^\circ\subseteq T_S(z)NS​(z)∘⊆TS​(z) for closed SSS.

Companion: Theorem 4.3

x∗ CAKKT-regular  ⟺  (∀f∈C1: CAKKT at x∗⇒KKT at x∗),x^*\ \text{CAKKT-regular}\iff\big(\forall f\in C^1:\ \text{CAKKT at }x^*\Rightarrow\text{KKT at }x^*\big),x∗ CAKKT-regular⟺(∀f∈C1: CAKKT at x∗⇒KKT at x∗),

with the equivalence of the two formulations (4.12)–(4.13) and (4.14)–(4.15) of CAKKT as a milestone.

Significance

Theorem 6.4 places CAKKT-regularity in the classical hierarchy. Every point at which CAKKT forces KKT for all objectives also satisfies Abadie's CQ, and therefore Guignard's. The paper's Example 6.1 shows that Abadie's CQ does not imply CAKKT-regularity. A convergence theorem for an algorithm that produces CAKKT sequences therefore cannot be stated under Abadie's CQ alone. Together with Theorem 4.3, this fixes exactly what a CAKKT-based method needs from the constraints.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them, and none of the variational-analysis facts they rest on, is formalized on Prove2Me, and Mathlib has no regular or limiting normal cones of nonconvex sets. The work is to formalize the paper's proof together with the parts of Rockafellar–Wets it cites: Theorem 6.11 (gradients of smooth functions as normals), Proposition 6.5, and Theorems 6.26 and 6.28(b). The last is Clarke's theorem that the regular tangent cone of a closed set is the polar of its limiting normal cone. These facts are reusable well beyond this mission.

Difficulty

The inclusion TΩ⊆LΩT_\Omega\subseteq L_\OmegaTΩ​⊆LΩ​ is elementary. The reverse inclusion cannot be obtained from CAKKT-regularity at x∗x^*x∗ alone, because CAKKT-regularity is a statement about multiplier combinations, which live on the polar side. The argument therefore has to pass through normal cones at points xk≠x∗x^k\ne x^*xk=x∗ near x∗x^*x∗. At such points the active set may differ from J(x∗)J(x^*)J(x∗), and the complementarity residual must be controlled uniformly. Returning from polars to cones requires the passage from the limiting normal cone to the tangent cone (milestone 7). That is a deep fact about closed sets in finite dimension; it is not a formal manipulation of cones. Equality of polars would only give Guignard's CQ.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), indices are Fin m and Fin p, and gradients are Mathlib's gradient. The objects are:

  • Constraints. The constraints are a structure Constraints n m p of two index families. Every theorem assumes IsC1 (each hih_ihi​ and gjg_jgj​ is C1C^1C1, the paper's standing hypothesis) and feasibility of x∗x^*x∗.
  • KKT is the multiplier form, with μ≥0\mu\ge 0μ≥0 and μj=0\mu_j=0μj​=0 off J(x∗)J(x^*)J(x∗).
  • Cones. The tangent cone uses positive scalars tk→0t_k\to 0tk​→0 (Mathlib's tangentConeAt allows negative scalars and is not used). The regular normal cone is empty off the set. The limiting normal cone and outer semicontinuity use the sequential Painlevé–Kuratowski outer limit, and the outer limit in CAKKT-regularity is taken over pairs with r≥0r\ge 0r≥0.
  • CAKKT includes xk→x∗x^k\to x^*xk→x∗. The page's (4.12)–(4.13) omit it, but p. 1 and (4.14)–(4.15) make it part of the condition.
  • Sums over J(x∗)J(x^*)J(x∗) are written over all indices, with the multipliers forced to 000 off J(x∗)J(x^*)J(x∗).
  • Abadie's CQ is the equality of cones of p. 5. The proof's "TΩ(x∗)=LΩ(x∗)∘T_\Omega(x^*)=L_\Omega(x^*)^\circTΩ​(x∗)=LΩ​(x∗)∘" is a misprint and is not copied.
  • Closedness of Ω\OmegaΩ is not assumed; it follows from continuity.

The following would trivialize the goal and are excluded:

  • a normal cone that is nonempty outside the set;
  • the convex normal cone used for the nonconvex Ω\OmegaΩ;
  • KKT without the sign or complementarity conditions;
  • for Theorem 4.3, an objective quantified outside the equivalence;
  • Abadie's CQ weakened to equality of polars.

A complete development needs Clarke's tangent–normal polarity for closed sets in Rn\mathbb R^nRn, the existence of C1C^1C1 functions realizing regular normals, and a penalty argument for Lemma 6.2. Proofs of the general variational-analysis milestones (3 and 7) are especially welcome, since they serve any mission on nonconvex constraint sets.

Selected references

  • R. Andreani, J. M. Martínez, A. Ramos, P. J. S. Silva, Strict constraint qualifications and sequential optimality conditions for constrained optimization, Optimization Online 5197, 2015 (https://optimization-online.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/5197.pdf); Math. Oper. Res. 43(3), 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2017.0879
  • R. Andreani, J. M. Martínez, B. F. Svaiter, A new sequential optimality condition for constrained optimization and algorithmic consequences, SIAM J. Optim. 20(6):3533–3554, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/090777189
  • R. Andreani, J. M. Martínez, A. Ramos, P. J. S. Silva, A cone-continuity constraint qualification and algorithmic consequences, SIAM J. Optim. 26(1):96–110, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1137/15M1008488
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
  • F. J. Gould, J. W. Tolle, A necessary and sufficient qualification for constrained optimization, SIAM J. Appl. Math. 20(2):164–172, 1971. https://doi.org/10.1137/0120021
13 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 25 of 45Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me